Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D. C.  20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from            to           

 

Commission File Number 001-34176

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

State of Delaware

 

26-2735737

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000

 

 

Greenwood Village, Colorado

 

80111

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (303) 628-5600

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of exchange on which registered

Series A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

 

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Series B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.  Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes  o   No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, any Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x   No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company).

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)  Yes  o   No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. computed by reference to the last sales price of such stock, as of the closing of trading on June 29, 2012, was approximately $684 million.

 

The number of shares outstanding of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.’s common stock as of February 15, 2013 was:

 

Series A common stock 13,389,462 shares; and Series B common stock 736,833 shares.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

The Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is hereby incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

2012 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

2

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

11

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

20

Item 2.

Properties

21

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

21

Item 4.

Mining Safety Disclosures

21

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

22

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

24

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

24

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

33

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

34

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

34

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

34

Item 9B.

Other Information

35

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

66

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

66

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

66

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

66

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

66

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

66

 

 

 

 

Signatures

69

 



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

 

(a)  General Development of Business

 

On July 7, 2011, Ascent Media Corporation merged with its direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Ascent Capital Group, Inc. (“Ascent Capital” or the “Company”), for the purpose of changing its name to Ascent Capital Group, Inc. Ascent Capital was incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 29, 2008 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discovery Holding Company (“DHC”), a subsidiary of Discovery Communications, Inc. On September 17, 2008, Ascent Capital was spun off from DHC and became an independent, publicly traded company. In connection with the spin-off, each holder of DHC common stock received 0.05 of a share of our Series A common stock for each share of DHC Series A common stock held and 0.05 of a share of our Series B common stock for each share of DHC Series B common stock held. 13,401,886 shares of our Series A common stock and 659,732 shares of our Series B common stock were issued in the spin-off, which was intended to qualify as a tax-free transaction.

 

At December 31, 2012, our assets consist primarily of our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Monitronics International, Inc. (“Monitronics”), investments in marketable securities, real estate properties and cash and cash equivalents. At December 31, 2012, we had investments in marketable securities and cash and cash equivalents, on a consolidated basis, of $142,587,000 and $78,422,000, respectively.

 

Recent Developments

 

On March 23, 2012, Monitronics entered into a new senior secured credit facility with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, which provided a $550,000,000 term loan at a 1% discount and a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility (the “Existing Credit Agreement”), and closed on a $410,000,000 privately placed debt offering of 9.125% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”).  Proceeds from the Existing Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used to retire all outstanding borrowings under Monitronics’ former credit facility, securitization debt, and to settle all related derivative contracts.  On November 7, 2012, Monitronics entered into an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”) which provided an incremental term loan with an aggregate principal amount of $145,000,000 (the Amendment together with the Existing Credit Agreement, the “Credit Facility”).  The Senior Notes and Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of Monitronics’ existing subsidiaries, and the Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of all of the outstanding stock of Monitronics and all of its existing subsidiaries.  Ascent Capital has not guaranteed any of Monitronics’ obligations under the Senior Notes or the Credit facility.

 

On October 25, 2012, Monitronics acquired approximately 93,000 subscriber accounts from Pinnacle Security for a purchase price of approximately $131,000,000.

 

* * * * *

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements regarding our business, marketing and operating strategies, integration of acquired businesses, new service offerings, the availability of debt refinancing, financial prospects and anticipated sources and uses of capital. In particular, statements under Item 1. “Business,” Item 1A. “Risk Factors”, Item 2. “Properties,” Item 3. “Legal Proceedings,” Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” contain forward-looking statements. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results or events, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result or be achieved or accomplished. The following include some but not all of the factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated.

 

Factors relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, as a whole:

 

·                   general business conditions and industry trends;

·                   macroeconomic conditions and their effect on the general economy and on the U.S. housing market, in particular single family homes which represent Monitronics’ largest demographic;

·                   uncertainties in the development of our business strategies, including market acceptance of new products and services;

·                   the competitive environment in which we operate, in particular increasing competition in the alarm monitoring industry from larger existing competitors and new market entrants, including telecommunications and cable companies;

·                   integration of acquired assets and businesses;

·                   the regulatory environment in which we operate, including the multiplicity of jurisdictions and licensing requirements to which Monitronics is subject and the risk of new regulations, such as the increasing adoption of false alarm ordinances;

·                   technological changes which could result in the obsolescence of currently utilized technology and the need for significant upgrade expenditures;

·                   the availability and terms of capital, including the ability of Monitronics to obtain additional funds to grow its business;

·                   the outcome of any pending, threatened, or future litigation, including potential liability for failure to respond adequately to alarm activations; and

·                   availability of qualified personnel.

 

Factors relating to the business of Monitronics:

 

·                   Monitronics’ high degree of leverage and the restrictive covenants governing its indebtedness;

·                   Monitronics’ anticipated growth strategies;

·                   the ability of Monitronics to obtain additional funds to grow its business, including the terms of any additional financing with respect thereto;

·                   Monitronics’ ability to acquire and integrate additional accounts, including competition for dealers with other alarm monitoring companies which could cause an increase in expected subscriber acquisition costs;

·                   the impact of “false alarm” ordinances and other potential changes in regulations or standards;

·                   the operating performance of Monitronics’ network, including the potential for service disruptions due to acts of nature or technology deficiencies;

·                   potential liability for failure to respond adequately to alarm activations;

·                   changes in the nature of strategic relationships with original equipment manufacturers, dealers and other Monitronics business partners;

·                   the reliability and creditworthiness of Monitronics’ independent alarm systems dealers and subscribers;

·                   changes in Monitronics’ expected rate of subscriber attrition;

·                   changes in technology that may make Monitronics’ service less attractive or obsolete, or require significant expenditures to update, including the phase-out of 2G networks by cellular carriers;

·                   the development of new services or service innovations by competitors; and

·                   the trend away from the use of public switched telephone network lines and resultant increase in servicing costs associated with alternative methods of communication.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

These forward-looking statements and such risks, uncertainties and other factors speak only as of the date of this Annual Report, and we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained herein, to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto, or any other change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. When considering such forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the factors described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and other cautionary statements contained in this Annual Report. Such risk factors and statements describe circumstances which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

(b)  Financial Information About Reportable Segments

 

We identify our reportable segments based on financial information reviewed by our chief operating decision maker. We report financial information for our consolidated business segments that represent more than 10% of our consolidated revenue or earnings before income taxes.

 

Based on the foregoing criteria, we only have one reportable segment as of December 31, 2012.

 

(c)    Narrative Description of Business

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a holding company whose principal assets as of December 31, 2012 consisted of our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Monitronics International, Inc., investments in marketable securities, real estate properties, and cash and cash equivalents.  Our principal executive office is located at 5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111, telephone number (303) 628-5600.

 

We are currently exploring opportunities to dispose of or monetize our owned real property, which is not required for our operations.

 

Monitronics International, Inc.

 

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Monitronics, we are primarily engaged in the business of providing the following security alarm monitoring services: monitoring signals arising from burglaries, fires, medical alerts and other events though security systems at subscribers’ premises, as well as, providing customer service and technical support.  Monitronics is one of the largest alarm monitoring companies in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), with over 810,000 subscribers under contract.  With subscribers in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and Canada, Monitronics provides a wide range of mainly residential security services including hands-free two-way interactive voice communication with the monitoring center, cellular options, and an interactive service option which allows the customer to control their security system remotely using a computer or smart phone. Monitronics was incorporated in 1994 and is headquartered in Dallas, Texas.

 

Operations

 

Unlike many of its national competitors, Monitronics outsources the sales, installation and field service functions to its dealers. By outsourcing the low margin, high fixed-cost elements of its business to a large network of independent service providers, Monitronics is able to allocate capital to growing its revenue-generating account base rather than to local offices or depreciating hard assets.

 

Revenue is generated primarily from fees charged to customers under alarm monitoring contracts.  The initial contract term is typically three to five years, with automatic renewal on a month-to-month basis.  Monitronics generates incremental revenue by providing additional services, such as maintenance and contract monitoring.  Contract monitoring includes fees charged to other security alarm companies for monitoring their accounts on a wholesale basis.  As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics provides contract monitoring services for over 75,000 accounts.  These incremental revenue streams do not represent a significant portion of our overall revenue.

 

During 2012, Monitronics purchased alarm monitoring contracts from more than 370 dealers.  Monitronics’ authorized independent dealers are typically small businesses that sell and install alarm systems.  These dealers focus on the sale and installation of security systems and generally do not retain the monitoring contracts for their customers and do not have their own facilities to monitor such systems due to the large upfront investment required to create the account and build a monitoring station.  They also do not have the scale required to operate a monitoring station efficiently.  These dealers typically sell the contracts to third parties and outsource the monitoring function for any accounts they retain. Monitronics has the ability to monitor a variety of signals from nearly all types of residential security systems. Monitronics generally enters into exclusive contracts with dealers under which the dealers sell and install security systems and Monitronics has a right of first refusal to purchase the associated alarm monitoring contracts.  In order to maximize revenues, Monitronics seeks to attract dealers from throughout the U.S. rather than focusing on specific local or regional markets.  In evaluating the quality of potential participants for the dealer program, Monitronics conducts an internal due diligence

 

4



Table of Contents

 

review and analysis of each dealer using information obtained from third party sources.  This process includes:

 

·                   lien searches and background checks on the dealer; and

·                   a review of the dealer’s licensing status and creditworthiness.

 

Once a dealer is approved and signed as a Monitronics authorized dealer, the primary steps in creating an account are as follows:

 

1.               Dealer sells an alarm system to a homeowner or small business.

2.               Dealer installs the alarm system, which is monitored by Monitronics’ central monitoring center, trains the customer on its use, and receives a signed three to five year contract for monitoring services.

3.               Dealer presents the account to Monitronics for purchase.

4.               Monitronics performs diligence on the alarm monitoring account to validate quality.

5.               Monitronics acquires the customer contract at a formula-based price.

6.               Customer becomes a Monitronics account.

7.               All future billing and customer service is conducted through Monitronics.

 

In addition to the development of Monitronics’ dealer network, Monitronics periodically acquires alarm monitoring accounts from other alarm companies in bulk on a negotiated basis.

 

Monitronics believes its ability to maximize its return on invested capital is largely dependent on the quality of the accounts purchased.  Monitronics conducts a review of each account to be purchased from the dealer.  This process typically includes:

 

·                   subscriber credit score reviews;

·                   telephone surveys to confirm satisfaction with the installation and security systems;

·                   an individual review of each alarm monitoring contract;

·                   confirmation that the customer is a homeowner; and

·                   confirmation that each security system is monitored by Monitronics’ central monitoring station prior to purchase.

 

Monitronics generally pays a purchase price for each new customer account based on a multiple of the account’s monthly recurring revenue. Monitronics’ dealer contracts generally provide that if a customer account acquired by Monitronics is terminated within the first 12 months, the dealer must replace the account or refund the purchase price paid by Monitronics. To secure the dealer’s obligation, Monitronics typically holds back a percentage of the purchase price for a 12 month period.

 

Monitronics believes that this process, which includes both clearly defined customer account standards and a comprehensive due diligence process, contributes significantly to the high quality of its subscriber base. For each of its last seven calendar years, the average credit score of accounts purchased by Monitronics was in excess of 700 on the FICO scale.

 

Approximately 95% of Monitronics subscribers are residential homeowners and the remainder are small commercial accounts. Monitronics believes by focusing on residential homeowners rather than renters it can reduce attrition, because homeowners relocate less frequently than renters.

 

Monitronics provides monitoring services as well as billing and 24-hour telephone support through its central monitoring station, located in Dallas, Texas. This facility is Underwriters Laboratories (“UL”) listed.  To obtain and maintain a UL listing, an alarm monitoring center must be located in a building meeting UL’s structural requirements, have back-up and uninterruptable power supplies, have secure telephone lines and maintain redundant computer systems.  UL conducts periodic reviews of alarm monitoring centers to ensure compliance with their requirements.  Monitronics’ central monitoring station in Dallas has also received the Central Station Alarm Association’s (“CSAA”) prestigious Five Diamond Certification. According to the CSAA, less than approximately 5% of all central monitoring stations in the U.S. have attained Five Diamond Certified status.  Monitronics also has a back-up facility located in McKinney, Texas that is capable of supporting monitoring, billing and customer service operations in the event of a disruption at its primary monitoring center. A call center in Mexico provides telephone support for Spanish-speaking subscribers.

 

Monitronics’ telephone systems utilize high-capacity, high-quality, digital circuits backed up by conventional telephone lines. When an alarm signal is received at the monitoring facility, it is routed to an operator. At the same time, information concerning the subscriber whose alarm has been activated and the nature and location of the alarm signal are delivered to the operator’s computer terminal. The operator is then responsible for following standard procedures to contact the subscriber or take other appropriate action, including, if the situation requires, contacting local emergency service providers.  Monitronics never dispatches its own personnel to the subscriber’s premises.  If a subscriber lives in an area where the emergency service provider will not respond without verification of an actual emergency, Monitronics will contract with an independent third party responder if available in that area.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Monitronics seeks to increase subscriber satisfaction and retention by carefully managing customer and technical service. The customer service center handles all general inquiries from subscribers, including those related to subscriber information changes, basic alarm troubleshooting, alarm verification, technical service requests and requests to enhance existing services. Monitronics has a proprietary centralized information system that enables it to satisfy over 85% of subscriber technical inquiries over the telephone, without dispatching a service technician. If the customer requires field service, Monitronics relies on its nationwide network of over 650 service dealers to provide such service on a time and materials basis.  Monitronics closely monitors service dealer performance with customer satisfaction forms, follow-up quality assurance calls and other performance metrics.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Monitronics has a registered service mark for the Monitronics name and a service mark for the Monitronics logo. It owns certain proprietary software applications that are used to provide services to its dealers and subscribers. Monitronics does not hold any patents or other intellectual property rights on its proprietary software applications.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

General

 

We believe Monitronics’ nationwide network of authorized dealers is the most effective way for Monitronics to market alarm systems.  Locally-based dealers are often an integral part of the communities they serve and understand the local market and how best to satisfy local needs. By combining the dealer’s local presence and reputation with Monitronics’ high quality service and support, Monitronics is able to cost-effectively provide local services and take advantage of economies of scale where appropriate.

 

Agreements with dealers provide for the purchase of the dealer’s subscriber accounts on an ongoing basis. The dealers install the alarm system and arrange for subscribers to enter into a multi-year alarm monitoring agreement in a form acceptable to Monitronics. The dealer then submits this monitoring agreement for Monitronics’ due diligence review and purchase.

 

Dealer Network Development

 

Monitronics remains focused on expanding its network of independent authorized dealers. To do so, Monitronics has established a dealer program that provides participating dealers with a variety of support services to assist them as they grow their businesses. Authorized dealers may use the Monitronics brand name in their sales and marketing activities and on the products they sell and install. Monitronics authorized dealers benefit from their affiliation with Monitronics and its national reputation for high customer satisfaction, as well as the support they receive from Monitronics. Authorized dealers benefit by generating operating capital and profits from the sale of their accounts to Monitronics.  Monitronics also provides authorized dealers with the opportunity to obtain discounts on alarm systems and other equipment purchased by such dealers from original equipment manufacturers, including alarm systems labeled with the Monitronics logo.  Monitronics also makes available sales, business and technical training, sales literature, co-branded marketing materials, sales leads and management support to its authorized dealers.  In most cases these services and cost savings would not be available to security alarm dealers on an individual basis.

 

Currently, Monitronics employs sales representatives to promote its authorized dealer program, find account acquisition opportunities and sell Monitronics monitoring services. Monitronics targets independent alarm dealers across the U.S. that can benefit from the Monitronics dealer program services and can generate high quality monitoring customers for Monitronics. Monitronics uses a variety of marketing techniques to promote the dealer program and related services. These activities include direct mail, trade magazine advertising, trade shows, internet web site marketing, publicity and telemarketing.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Dealer Marketing Support

 

Monitronics offers its authorized dealers an extensive marketing support program. Monitronics focuses on developing professionally designed sales and marketing materials that will help dealers market alarm systems and monitoring services with maximum effectiveness. Materials offered to authorized dealers include:

 

·                   sales brochures and flyers;

·                   yard signs;

·                   window decals;

·                   customer forms and agreements;

·                   sales presentation binders;

·                   door hangers;

·                   lead boxes;

·                   vehicle graphics;

·                   trade show booths; and

·                   clothing bearing the Monitronics brand name.

 

These materials are made available to dealers at prices that management believes would not be available to dealers on an individual basis.

 

Monitronics’ sales materials promote both the Monitronics brand and the dealer’s status as a Monitronics authorized dealer. Dealers often sell and install alarm systems which display the Monitronics logo and telephone number, which further strengthens consumer recognition of their status as Monitronics authorized dealers. Management believes that the dealers’ use of the Monitronics brand to promote their affiliation with one of the nation’s largest alarm monitoring companies boosts the dealers’ credibility and reputation in their local markets and also assists in supporting their sales success.

 

Customer Integration and Marketing

 

The customer’s awareness and identification of the Monitronics brand as the monitoring service provider is further supported by the distribution of Monitronics-branded materials by the dealer to the customer at the point of sale. Such materials may include Monitronics yard signs, brochures, instruction cards, and other promotional items. Monitronics’ dealers typically introduce customers to Monitronics in the home when describing Monitronics’ central monitoring station.

 

Following the purchase of a monitoring agreement from a dealer, the customer is sent a brochure notifying them that Monitronics has assumed responsibility for all their monitoring and customer service needs.  All materials focus on the Monitronics brand and the role of Monitronics as the single source of support for the customer.

 

Negotiated Account Acquisitions

 

In addition to the development of Monitronics’ dealer network, Monitronics periodically acquires alarm monitoring accounts from other alarm companies in bulk on a negotiated basis. Monitronics’ management has extensive experience in identifying potential opportunities, negotiating account acquisitions and performing thorough due diligence, which helps facilitate execution of new acquisitions in a timely manner.

 

Strategy

 

Corporate Strategy

 

Ascent Capital actively seeks opportunities to leverage our strong capital position through strategic acquisitions in the security alarm monitoring industry as well as acquisitions in other industries.  As part of this strategy, we divested the businesses that were historically operated by our former wholly-owned subsidiary, Ascent Media Group, LLC (“AMG”), and acquired Monitronics, a subscription-based business that delivers solid, predictable revenue and cash flow and has what we believe is a scalable and leveragable business model.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

We continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that we believe offer the opportunity for attractive returns on equity. In evaluating potential acquisition candidates we consider various factors, including among other things:

 

·                   financial characteristics, including recurring revenue streams and free cash flow;

·                   growth potential;

·                   potential return on investment incorporating appropriate financial leverage, including the target’s existing indebtedness and opportunities to restructure some or all of that indebtedness;

·                   risk profile of business; and

·                   the presence of a strong management team.

 

We consider acquisitions utilizing cash, leverage and potentially Ascent Capital stock. In addition to acquisitions, we consider majority ownership positions, minority equity investments and, in appropriate circumstances, senior debt investments that we believe provide either a path to full ownership or control, the possibility for high returns on investment, or significant strategic benefits.

 

Our acquisition strategy entails risk. While our preference is to build our presence in the security alarm monitoring industry through acquisitions, we will also consider potential acquisitions in other industries, which could result in further changes in our operations from those historically conducted by us.  Please see “Risk Factors” below.

 

Monitronics Strategy

 

Monitronics’ goal is to maximize return on invested capital, which we believe can be achieved by pursuing the following strategies:

 

Maximize Subscriber Retention

 

We seek to maximize subscriber retention by continuing to acquire high quality accounts and to increase the average life of an account through the following initiatives:

 

·                   maintain the high quality of our subscriber base by continuing to implement our highly disciplined account acquisition program;

·                   continue to incentivize our dealers to sell us only high-quality accounts through quality incentives built into the purchase price and by having a performance guarantee on substantially all dealer accounts;

·                   provide superior customer service on the telephone and in the field; and

·                   actively identify subscribers who are relocating, the number one reason for account cancellations, and target retention of such subscribers.

 

Maximize Economics of Business Model

 

Due to the scalability of our operations and the low fixed and variable costs inherent in our cost structure, we believe we will continue to experience high Adjusted EBITDA margins as costs are spread over larger recurring revenue streams. We believe our cash flows may also benefit from our continued efforts to increase subscriber retention rates and reduce response times, call duration and false alarms.  As used in this annual report, the term “Adjusted EBITDA” means net income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation, amortization (including the amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer networks), realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative instruments, restructuring charges, stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation, and other non-cash or non-recurring charges, and “Adjusted EBITDA margin” means Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. For further discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Expand Our Network of Dealers

 

We plan to continue to grow account purchases from our dealer network by targeting dealers that can benefit from our dealer program services and that can generate high quality subscribers for us. We believe we are an attractive partner for dealers for the following reasons:

 

·                   we provide our dealers with a full range of services designed to assist them in all aspects of their business, including sales leads, sales training, technical training, comprehensive on-line account access, detailed weekly account summaries, sales support materials and discounts on security system hardware purchased through our strategic alliances with security system manufacturers;

·                   individual dealers retain local name recognition and responsibility for day-to-day sales and installation efforts, thereby supporting the entrepreneurial culture at the dealer level and allowing us to capitalize on the considerable local market knowledge, goodwill and name recognition of our dealers; and

·                   we are a reliable purchaser of accounts at competitive rates.

 

For a description of the risks associated with the foregoing strategies, and with the Company’s business in general, see “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11.

 

Industry; Competition

 

The security alarm industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and competitors include four other major firms with nationwide coverage and numerous smaller providers with regional or local coverage.  The four other security alarm companies with coverage across the U.S. are as follows:

 

·                   The ADT Corporation (“ADT”);

·                   Protection One, Inc.;

·                   Stanley Security Solutions, a subsidiary of Stanley Black and Decker; and

·                   Vivint, Inc.

 

The security alarm industry has remained highly competitive and fragmented over time without any material change to market concentration.  Competition in the security alarm industry is based primarily on reputation for quality of service, market visibility, services offered, price and the ability to identify subscriber accounts. We believe we compete effectively with other national, regional and local alarm monitoring companies due to our reputation for reliable monitoring, customer and technical services, the quality of services, and our low cost structure.  The dynamics of the security alarm industry often favor larger alarm monitoring companies with a nationwide focus that have greater capital and benefit from economies of scale in technology, advertising and other expenditures.

 

Some of these larger alarm monitoring companies have also adopted, in whole or in part, a dealer program similar to that of Monitronics.  In these instances, Monitronics must also compete with these programs in recruiting dealers.  We believe we compete effectively with other dealer programs due to our competitive account purchase terms and the quality of our dealer support services.  The alarm monitoring companies that compete with Monitronics for alarm system dealers in this manner include Security Networks, LLC and ADT, the latter of which is significantly larger and has more capital.

 

Seasonality

 

Monitronics’ operations are subject to a certain level of seasonality.  Since more household moves take place during the second and third calendar quarters of each year, Monitronics’ disconnect rate and expenses related to retaining customers are typically higher in those calendar quarters than in the first and fourth quarters.  There is also a slight seasonal effect resulting in higher new customer volume and related cash expenditures incurred in investment in new subscribers in the second and third quarters.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

Monitronics’ operations are subject to a variety of laws, regulations and licensing requirements of federal, state and local authorities. In certain jurisdictions, Monitronics is required to obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection and training and to meet certain standards in the conduct of its business.  The security industry is also subject to requirements imposed by various insurance, approval, listing and standards organizations. Depending upon the type of subscriber served, the type of security service provided and the requirements of the applicable local governmental jurisdiction, adherence to the requirements and standards of such organizations is mandatory in some instances and voluntary in others.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Although local governments routinely respond to panic and smoke/fire alarms, there are an increasing number of local governmental authorities that have adopted or are considering various measures aimed at reducing the number of false burglar alarms. Such measures include:

 

·                   subjecting alarm monitoring companies to fines or penalties for false alarms;

·                   imposing fines on alarm subscribers for false alarms;

·                   imposing limitations on the number of times the police will respond to false alarms at a particular location;

·                   requiring additional verification of intrusion alarms by calling two different phone numbers prior to dispatch (“Enhanced Call Verification”); and

·                   requiring visual verification of an actual emergency at the premise before the police will respond to an alarm signal.

 

Enhanced Call Verification has been implemented as standard policy by Monitronics.

 

Monitronics’ alarm monitoring business utilizes telephone lines, internet connections, cellular networks and radio frequencies to transmit alarm signals. The cost of telephone lines, and the type of equipment which may be used in telephone line transmission, are currently regulated by both federal and state governments. The operation and utilization of cellular and radio frequencies are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission and state public utility commissions.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2012, Ascent Capital, together with its subsidiaries, had approximately 770 full-time employees and an additional 18 employees that are employed on a part-time or freelance basis, all of which are located in the U.S.

 

(d)  Financial Information About Geographic Areas

 

Monitronics performs monitoring services for subscribers located in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and Canada.

 

(e)  Available Information

 

All of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our Form 10-Ks, Form 10-Qs and Form 8-Ks, as well as amendments to such filings are available on our Internet website free of charge generally within 24 hours after we file such material with the SEC. Our website address is www.ascentcapitalgroupinc.com.

 

Our corporate governance guidelines, code of business conduct and ethics, compensation committee charter, nominating and corporate governance committee charter, and audit committee charter are available on our website. In addition, we will provide a copy of any of these documents, free of charge, to any shareholder who calls or submits a request in writing to Investor Relations, Ascent Capital Group, Inc., 5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111.  Telephone No. (303) 628-5600.

 

The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference herein.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS

 

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should consider the following risk factors in evaluating our results of operations, financial condition, business and operations or an investment in our stock.

 

Although we describe below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K the risks we consider to be the most material, there may be other unknown or unpredictable economic, business, competitive, regulatory or other factors that also could have material adverse effects on our results of operations, financial condition, business or operations in the future. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

 

If any of the events described below, individually or in combination, were to occur, our businesses, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

Factors Relating to Our Corporate History and Strategy

 

We have substantially changed the businesses in which we operate. Accordingly, it may be difficult to evaluate our performance based on our operating history .

 

Our financial statements for periods prior to February 2011 include the financial position and results of operations of the business units formerly operated by our wholly-owned subsidiary, AMG. AMG was primarily engaged in the business of providing content distribution and creative services to the media and entertainment industries.  The businesses of AMG were organized into two operating segments: businesses that provided content management and delivery services (“Content Services”), and businesses that provided creative services (“Creative Services”). The Content Services segment was in turn divided into three business units: (i) the content distribution business unit (“Content Distribution”), (ii) the media management services business unit (“Media Services”) and (iii) the systems integration business unit (“Systems Integration” or “SI”).  We completed the sales of the Creative Services operating segment and Media Services business unit (which is referred to collectively as “Creative/Media”) and the Content Distribution business unit on or before February 28, 2011 and shut-down the Systems Integration business unit in June 2011.  The businesses of AMG, accordingly, are reflected as discontinued operations in our financial statements. We acquired our current principal operating subsidiary, Monitronics, on December 17, 2010.  Hence, the results of operations of Monitronics are only included in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 with respect to the stub period December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.  We had previously included in our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed December 28, 2010, Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 14, 2011, and Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed March 6, 2012, the following:

 

·                   the audited consolidated financial statements of Monitronics for the periods July 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 (Predecessor) and December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (Successor);

·                   the audited consolidated financial statements of Monitronics for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and for the three months ended June 30, 2010;

·                   the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Monitronics for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009;

·                   an unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, giving effect to the acquisition of Monitronics and the dispositions of the Creative/Media and Content Distribution businesses, on a pro forma basis, as if such transactions had occurred on that date; and

·                   an unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, giving effect to the acquisition of Monitronics and the dispositions of the Creative/Media and Content Distribution businesses, on a pro forma basis, as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2009.

 

However, the historical financial information of Monitronics included in these reports generally reflect its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows with respect to time periods during which it was a stand-alone entity, rather than part of a public company, and may not necessarily reflect what such results would have been if Monitronics had been a subsidiary of our company during the periods presented. Moreover, the unaudited pro forma financial statements included in the December 2010 report do not purport to represent, and are not necessarily indicative of what our financial position or results of operations would have been had such transactions occurred on the dates indicated.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

We have a history of losses and may incur losses in the future.

 

Monitronics, our primary operating subsidiary, incurred losses in each of its last three full fiscal years. In future periods, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a consistent quarterly or annual basis.  Failure to maintain profitability in future periods may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Our acquisition strategy may not be successful.

 

One focus of our corporate strategy is to seek opportunities to grow free cash flow through strategic acquisitions, which may include leveraged acquisitions. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate that strategy, and if we are not able to invest our capital in acquisitions that are accretive to free cash flow it could negatively impact the growth of our primary operating business. Our ability to consummate such acquisitions may be negatively impacted by various factors, including among other things:

 

·                   failure to identify attractive acquisition candidates on acceptable terms;

·                   competition from other bidders;

·                   inability to raise any required financing; and

·                   antitrust or other regulatory restrictions, including any requirements that may be imposed by government agencies as a condition to any required regulatory approval.

 

If we engage in any acquisition, we will incur a variety of costs, and may never realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Our business strategy includes the future acquisition of businesses that we believe are strategically attractive and that we expect will be accretive to consolidated free cash flow. If we undertake any acquisition, the process of operating such acquired business on a stand-alone basis, or, if applicable, of integrating any acquired business with Monitronics, may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Moreover, we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition as rapidly as expected or at all. Future acquisitions could reduce our current stockholders’ ownership percentage, cause us to incur debt and expose us to liabilities. Further, we may incur significant expenditures and devote substantial management time and attention in anticipation of an acquisition that is never realized. Lastly, while we intend to implement appropriate controls and procedures as we integrate any acquired companies, we may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of these companies’ disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting within the time periods required by U.S. federal securities laws and regulations.

 

We are a holding company and derive substantially all of our revenue and cash flow from our primary operating subsidiary, Monitronics.

 

Monitronics is a separate and independent legal entity and has no obligation to make funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of Monitronics to pay dividends to us is subject to, among other things, compliance with covenants in its credit agreement and its high yield bond indenture, the availability of sufficient earnings and funds, and applicable state laws. As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics had consolidated indebtedness of $1,108,383,000.  Claims of creditors of Monitronics have priority as to its assets over our claims and those of our creditors and shareholders.

 

An inability to access capital markets at attractive rates could materially increase our expenses.

 

Although we currently have sufficient cash and investments available to meet our anticipated capital requirements for the foreseeable future, we may in the future require access to capital markets as a source of liquidity for investments and expenditures. In any such event, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If our ability to access required capital were to become significantly constrained, we could incur material borrowing costs, our financial condition could be harmed and future results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We may have substantial indemnification obligations under certain inter-company agreements we entered into in connection with the spin-off of our company from DHC.

 

Pursuant to our tax sharing agreement with DHC, we have agreed to be responsible for all taxes attributable to us or any of our subsidiaries, whether accruing before, on or after the spin-off (subject to specified exceptions). We have also agreed to be responsible for and indemnify DHC with respect to (i) certain taxes attributable to DHC or any of its subsidiaries (other than Discovery Communications, LLC) and (ii) all taxes arising as a result of the spin-off (subject to specified exceptions). Our indemnification obligations under the tax sharing agreement are not limited in amount or subject to any cap. Pursuant to the reorganization agreement we entered into with DHC in connection with the spin-off, we assumed certain indemnification obligations designed to make our company financially responsible for substantially all non-tax liabilities that may exist relating to the business of our former subsidiary,

 

12



Table of Contents

 

AMG, whether incurred prior to or after the spin-off, as well as certain obligations of DHC. Any indemnification payments under the tax sharing agreement or the reorganization agreement could be substantial.

 

Factors Relating to Our Common Stock

 

It may be difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so may be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company that our shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include the following:

 

·                   a capital structure with multiple series of common stock: a Series B that entitles the holders to ten votes per share, a Series A that entitles the holders to one vote per share, and a Series C that, except in such limited circumstances as may be required by applicable law, entitles the holders to no voting rights;

·                   authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

·                   classifying our board of directors with staggered three-year terms, which may lengthen the time required to gain control of our board of directors through a proxy contest or exercise of voting rights;

·                   limiting who may call special meetings of shareholders;

·                   prohibiting shareholder action by written consent (subject to certain exceptions), thereby requiring such action to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

·                   establishing advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings;

·                   requiring shareholder approval by holders of at least 80% of our voting power or the approval by at least 75% of our board of directors with respect to certain extraordinary matters, such as a merger or consolidation of our company, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or an amendment to our certificate of incorporation;

·                   requiring the consent of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Series B Common Stock (voting as a separate class) to certain share distributions and other corporate actions in which the voting power of the Series B Common Stock would be diluted, for example by issuing shares having multiple votes per share as a dividend to holders of Series A common stock; and

·                   the existence of authorized and unissued stock which would allow our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, thereby protecting the continuity of its management, or which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us.

 

The beneficial ownership by John C. Malone, a former director of the Company, of shares of our common stock, that represent approximately 35% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding common stock as of January 31, 2013, may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.  In addition, Monitronics’ new Credit Facility provides that the occurrence of specified change of control events will result in an event of default thereunder, and the Senior Notes include a covenant that requires Monitronics to make an offer to purchase all outstanding Senior Notes, at 101% of par, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, each of which could cause an acquisition of our company to be prohibitively expensive for a potential bidder.

 

We have adopted a shareholder rights plan in order to encourage anyone seeking to acquire our company to negotiate with our board of directors prior to attempting a takeover.

 

While our shareholder rights plan is designed to guard against coercive or unfair tactics to gain control of our company, the plan may have the effect of making more difficult or delaying any attempts by others to obtain control of our company in a transaction that our shareholders may find favorable.

 

Holders of a single series of our common stock may not have any remedies if an action by our directors has an adverse effect on only that series of our common stock.

 

Principles of Delaware law and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation may protect decisions of our board of directors that have a disparate impact upon holders of any single series of our common stock. Under Delaware law, the board of directors has a duty to act with due care and in the best interests of all of our shareholders, including the holders of all series of our common stock. Principles of Delaware law established in cases involving differing treatment of multiple classes or series of stock provide that a board of directors owes an equal duty to all common shareholders regardless of class or series and does not have separate or additional duties to any group of shareholders. As a result, in some circumstances, our directors may be required to make a decision that is viewed as adverse to the holders of one series of our common stock. Under the principles of Delaware law and the business judgment rule,

 

13



Table of Contents

 

holders may not be able to successfully challenge decisions that they believe have a disparate impact upon the holders of one series of our stock if our board of directors is disinterested and independent with respect to the action taken, is adequately informed with respect to the action taken and acts in good faith and in the honest belief that the board is acting in the best interest of all of our stockholders.

 

Although our Series B Common Stock trades on the OTC Bulletin Board, there is no meaningful trading market for the stock.

 

Our Series B Common Stock is not widely held, with 95% of the outstanding shares as of January 31, 2013 beneficially owned by John C. Malone, a former director of the Company. Although it is listed on the OTC Bulletin Board, it is sparsely traded and does not have an active trading market.  The OTC Bulletin Board tends to be highly illiquid, in part, because there is no national quotation system by which potential investors can track the market price of shares except through information received or generated by a limited number of broker-dealers that make markets in particular stocks. There is also a greater chance of market volatility for securities that trade on the OTC Bulletin Board as opposed to a national exchange or quotation system. This volatility is due to a variety of factors, including a lack of readily available price quotations, lower trading volume, absence of consistent administrative supervision of “bid” and “ask” quotations, and market conditions. Each share of the Series B Common Stock is convertible, at any time at the option of the holder, into one share of Series A Common Stock, which is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ASCMA.”

 

Factors Relating to Monitronics

 

Monitronics faces risks in acquiring and integrating new subscribers.

 

The acquisition of alarm monitoring agreements (“AMAs”) by Monitronics involves a number of risks, including the risk that the purchased AMAs may not be profitable due to higher than expected account attrition, lower than expected revenues from the AMAs or, when applicable, lower than expected recoveries from dealers.  The purchase price Monitronics pays a dealer for an AMA is affected by the monthly recurring revenue generated by the AMA, as well as several other factors, including the level of competition, Monitronics’ prior experience with AMAs purchased from the dealer, the number of AMAs purchased, the subscriber’s credit score and the type of security equipment used by the subscriber.  To the extent that the servicing costs or the attrition rates are higher than expected or the revenues from the AMAs or, when applicable, the recoveries from dealers are lower than expected, Monitronics’ business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Monitronics is subject to credit risk and other risks associated with its subscribers.

 

Substantially all of Monitronics’ revenues are derived from the recurring monthly revenue due from subscribers under the AMAs.  Therefore, Monitronics is dependent on the ability and willingness of subscribers to pay amounts due under the AMAs on a monthly basis in a timely manner.  Although subscribers are contractually obligated to pay amounts due under an AMA and are prohibited from canceling the AMA for the initial term of the AMA (typically between three to five years), subscribers’ payment obligations are unsecured, which could impair Monitronics’ ability to collect any unpaid amounts from its subscribers.  To the extent defaults by subscribers of their obligations under the AMAs are greater than anticipated, Monitronics’ business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Monitronics relies on a significant number of its subscribers remaining with it for an extended period of time.

 

Monitronics incurs significant upfront cash costs for each new subscriber.  Monitronics requires a substantial amount of time, typically exceeding the initial term of the related AMA, for it to receive cash payments (net of its variable cash operating costs) from a particular subscriber that are sufficient to offset this upfront cost. Accordingly, Monitronics’ long-term performance is dependent on its subscribers remaining with it as subscribers for as long as possible.  This requires Monitronics to minimize its rate of subscriber cancellations, or attrition. Factors that can increase cancellations include subscribers who relocate and do not reconnect, problems with service quality, competition from other alarm monitoring companies, equipment obsolescence, adverse economic conditions and the affordability of its service.  If Monitronics fails to keep the subscribers for a sufficiently long period of time, attrition rates would be higher than expected and Monitronics’ financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.  In addition, Monitronics may experience higher attrition rates with respect to subscribers acquired in bulk buys than subscribers acquired pursuant to Monitronics’ authorized dealer program.  Monitronics completed its largest bulk buy during the fourth quarter of 2012, increasing its subscriber base by more than 10%.

14



Table of Contents

 

Monitronics is subject to credit risk and other risks associated with its dealers.

 

Under the standard alarm monitoring purchase agreement (“AMPA”) that Monitronics enters into with its dealers, if a subscriber terminates their service with Monitronics during the first twelve months after the AMA has been purchased, the dealer is typically required to elect between substituting another AMA for the terminating AMA or compensating Monitronics in an amount based on the original purchase price of the terminating AMA.  Monitronics is subject to the risk that dealers will breach their obligation to provide a comparable substitute AMA for a terminating AMA.  Although Monitronics withholds specified amounts from the purchase price paid to dealers for AMAs (holdback), which may be used to satisfy or offset these and other applicable dealer obligations under the AMPA, there can be no guarantee that these amounts will be sufficient to satisfy or offset the full extent of the default by a dealer of its obligations under an AMPA.  If the holdback does prove insufficient to cover dealer obligations, Monitronics is also subject to the credit risk that the dealers may not have sufficient funds to compensate Monitronics when substitute AMAs are unavailable or that any such dealer will otherwise breach its obligation to compensate Monitronics for a terminating AMA.  To the extent defaults by dealers of their obligations under the AMPAs are greater than anticipated, Monitronics’ financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The alarm monitoring business is subject to macroeconomic factors, including prolonged downturns in the housing market, which may negatively impact Monitronics’ results of operations and subscriber account growth.

 

The alarm monitoring business is dependent in part on national, regional and local economic conditions.  In particular, where disposable income available for discretionary spending is reduced (such as by higher housing, energy, interest or other costs or where the actual or perceived wealth of customers has decreased because of circumstances such as lower residential real estate values, increased foreclosure rates, inflation, increased tax rates or other economic disruptions), the alarm monitoring business could experience increased attrition rates and reduced consumer demand.  Although Monitronics has continued to grow its business in the most recent periods of general economic downturn, no assurance can be given that it will be able to continue acquiring quality AMAs or that it will not experience higher attrition rates.  In addition, any deterioration in new construction and sales of existing single family homes could reduce opportunities to grow Monitronics’ subscriber accounts from the sales of new security systems and services and the take-over of existing security systems that had previously been monitored by Monitronics’ competitors.  If the general economic downturn is prolonged or materially worsens, Monitronics’ results of operations and subscriber account growth could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Adverse economic conditions in states where Monitronics’ subscribers are more heavily concentrated may negatively impact Monitronics’ results of operations.

 

Even as economic conditions may improve in the U.S. as a whole, this improvement may not occur or further deterioration may occur in the regions where Monitronics’ subscribers are more heavily concentrated (such as Texas, California, Florida and Arizona). Although Monitronics has a geographically diverse subscriber base, adverse conditions in one or more states where Monitronics’ business is more heavily concentrated could have a significant adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If the insurance industry were to change its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of alarm monitoring services, Monitronics may experience a reduction in new customer growth or an increase in its subscriber attrition rate.

 

It has been common practice in the insurance industry to provide a reduction in rates for policies written on homes that have monitored alarm systems.  There can be no assurance that insurance companies will continue to offer these rate reductions.  If these incentives were reduced or eliminated, new homeowners who otherwise may not feel the need for alarm monitoring services would be removed from Monitronics’ potential customer pool, which could hinder the growth of Monitronics’ business, and existing subscribers may choose to disconnect or not renew their service contracts, which could increase Monitronics’ attrition rates.  In either case, Monitronics’ results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

 

Risks of liability from Monitronics’ business and operations may be significant.

 

The nature of the services provided by Monitronics potentially exposes it to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses.  If subscribers believe that they incurred losses as a result of an action or a failure to act by Monitronics, the subscribers could bring claims against Monitronics, and Monitronics has been subject to lawsuits of this type from time to time.  Similarly, if dealers believe that they incurred losses or were denied rights under the AMPAs as a result of an action or a failure to act by Monitronics, the dealers could bring claims against Monitronics. Substantially all of Monitronics’ AMAs and AMPAs contain provisions limiting Monitronics’ liability to subscribers and dealers, respectively, in an attempt to reduce this risk.  However, in the event of any such litigation, no assurance can be given that these limitations will be enforced, and the costs of such litigation or the related settlements or judgments could have a material adverse effect on Monitronics’ financial condition. In

 

15



Table of Contents

 

addition, there can be no assurance that Monitronics is adequately insured for these risks. Certain of Monitronics’ insurance policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages or liability arising from gross negligence.  If significant uninsured damages are assessed against Monitronics, the resulting liability could have a material adverse effect on Monitronics’ financial condition or results of operations.

 

Future litigation could result in adverse publicity for Monitronics.

 

In the ordinary course of business, from time to time, Monitronics is the subject of complaints or litigation from subscribers or inquiries from government officials, sometimes related to alleged violations of state consumer protection statutes (including by Monitronics’ dealers), negligent dealer installation and negligent service of alarm monitoring systems.  Monitronics may also be subject to employee claims based on, among other things, alleged discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination claims.  In addition to diverting Monitronics’ management resources, adverse publicity resulting from such allegations may materially and adversely affect Monitronics’ reputation in the communities it services, regardless of whether such allegations are unfounded.  Such adverse publicity could result in higher attrition rates and greater difficulty in attracting new subscribers on terms that are attractive to Monitronics or at all.

 

A disruption to Monitronics’ monitoring facility and its back-up monitoring facility could adversely affect its business.

 

A disruption to both the monitoring facility and the back-up monitoring facility could affect Monitronics’ ability to provide alarm monitoring services to its subscribers. Any such disruption could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather, transmission interruption, malicious acts or terrorism. Monitronics’ main monitoring facility holds Underwriters’ Laboratories listings as protective signaling services stations and maintains certain standards of building integrity, redundant computer and communications facilities and backup power, among other safeguards.  However, no assurance can be given that both of Monitronics’ monitoring facilities will not be impacted by a disruption, including one from a catastrophic event or natural disaster.  Any such disruption, particularly one of a prolonged duration, could have a material adverse effect on Monitronics’ business.

 

Monitronics relies on third parties to transmit signals to its monitoring facilities.

 

Monitronics relies on various third-party telecommunications providers and signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to its monitoring facilities in a timely and consistent manner.  These telecommunications providers and signal processing centers could fail to transmit or communicate these signals to the monitoring facilities for many reasons, including due to disruptions from fire, natural disasters, weather, transmission interruption, malicious acts or terrorism.  The failure of one or more of these telecommunications providers or signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facilities in a timely manner could affect Monitronics’ ability to provide alarm monitoring services to its subscribers.  There can be no assurance that third-party telecommunications providers and signal processing centers will continue to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facilities without disruption. Any such disruption, particularly one of a prolonged duration, could have a material adverse effect on Monitronics’ business.  See also “ Shifts in customer choice of, or telecommunications providers’ support for, telecommunications services and equipment could adversely impact Monitronics’ business and require significant capital expenditures” below with respect to risks associated with changes in signal transmissions.

 

The alarm monitoring business is subject to technological innovation over time.

 

Monitronics’ monitoring services depend upon the technology (both hardware and software) of security alarm systems located at subscribers’ premises. Monitronics may be required to implement new technology both to attract and retain subscribers, including in response to changes in land-line or cellular technology or other factors, which could require significant expenditures.  In addition, the availability of any new features developed for use in our industry (whether developed by Monitronics or otherwise) can have a significant impact on a subscriber’s initial decision to choose Monitronics’ or its competitor’s products and a subscriber’s decision to renew with Monitronics or switch to one of its competitors.  To the extent Monitronics’ competitors have greater capital and other resources to dedicate to responding to technological innovation over time, the products and services offered by Monitronics may become less attractive to current or future subscribers thereby reducing demand for such products and services and increasing attrition over time.  Those competitors that benefit from more capital being available to them may be at a particular advantage to Monitronics in this respect.  If Monitronics is unable to adapt in response to changing technologies, market conditions or subscriber requirements in a timely manner, Monitronics’ may experience increased attrition rates.  Monitronics also faces potential competition from improvements in self-monitoring systems, which enable current or future subscribers to monitor their home environments without third-party involvement, which could further increase attrition rates over time and hinder new subscriber acquisitions of new AMAs.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Shifts in customer choice of, or telecommunications providers’ support for, telecommunications services and equipment could adversely impact Monitronics’ business and require significant capital expenditures.

 

A significant portion of Monitronics’ subscriber alarm systems use either a traditional, land-line telecommunication service or a 2G cellular service to communicate alarm signals from the subscribers’ locations to Monitronics’ monitoring facility.  There is a growing trend for consumers to give up their land-line and exclusively use cellular and IP communication technology in their homes and businesses, and telecommunications providers may discontinue land-line services in the future.  In addition, there is no guarantee that telecommunications providers will continue to support the 2G cellular network in the future.  The continued operation of both the landline and 2G cellular networks will depend on a number of factors which are outside of Monitronics’ control.  If either the land-line or 2G cellular network is discontinued, subscribers will need to replace certain equipment in their security system to maintain their monitoring service.  This could increase Monitronics’ subscriber attrition rates and, to retain customers, require Monitronics to subsidize the replacement of subscribers’ outdated systems at its own expense. Any such upgrades or implementations could require significant expenditures and also divert management’s attention and other important resources away from customer service and sales efforts. In the future, Monitronics may not be able to successfully implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies to changing market demands.  If Monitronics is unable to adapt timely to changing technologies, market conditions or customer preferences, Monitronics’ business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Privacy concerns, such as consumer identity theft and security breaches, could hurt Monitronics’ reputation and revenues.

 

As part of its operations, Monitronics collects a large amount of private information from its subscribers, including credit card information, images and voice recordings. If Monitronics were to experience a breach of its data security, it may put private information of its subscribers at risk of exposure. To the extent that any such exposure leads to credit card fraud or identity theft, Monitronics may experience a general decline in consumer confidence in its business, which may lead to an increase in attrition rates or may make it more difficult to attract new subscribers.  If consumers become reluctant to use Monitronics’ services because of concerns over data privacy or credit card fraud, Monitronics’ ability to generate revenues would be impaired. In addition, if technology upgrades or other expenditures are required to prevent security breaches of its network, boost general consumer confidence in its business, or prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, Monitronics may be required to make unplanned capital expenditures or expend other resources. Any such loss of confidence in its business or additional capital expenditure requirement could have a material adverse effect on Monitronics’ business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Monitronics’ reputation as a service provider of high quality security offerings may be adversely affected by product defects or shortfalls in customer service.

 

Monitronics’ business depends on its reputation and ability to maintain good relationships with its subscribers, dealers and local regulators, among others. Monitronics’ reputation may be harmed either through product defects, such as the failure of one or more of its subscribers’ alarm systems, or shortfalls in customer service. Subscribers generally judge Monitronics’ performance through their interactions with the staff at the monitoring centers and dealers who perform on-site maintenance services. Any failure to meet subscribers’ expectations in such customer service areas could cause an increase in attrition rates or make it difficult to recruit new subscribers. Any harm to Monitronics’ reputation or subscriber relationships caused by the actions of its dealers, personnel or third party service providers or any other factors could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A loss of experienced employees could adversely affect Monitronics.

 

The success of Monitronics has been largely dependent upon the active participation of its officers and employees.  The loss of the services of key members of Monitronics’ management for any reason may have a material adverse effect on the operations of Monitronics and the ability of Monitronics to maintain and grow its business.  Monitronics depends on the managerial skills and expertise of its management and employees to provide customer service by, among other things, monitoring and responding to alarm signals, coordinating equipment repairs, administering billing and collections under the AMAs and administering and providing dealer services under the AMPAs.  There is no assurance that Monitronics will be able to retain its current management and other experienced employees or replace them satisfactorily to the extent they leave the employ of Monitronics.  The loss of any such experienced employees’ services and expertise could materially and adversely affect Monitronics’ business.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

The high level of competition in Monitronics’ industry could adversely affect its business.

 

The security alarm monitoring industry is highly competitive and fragmented.  As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics was one of the largest alarm monitoring companies in the U.S. when measured by the total number of subscribers under contract.  Monitronics faces competition from other alarm monitoring companies, including companies that have more capital and that may offer higher prices and more favorable terms to dealers for AMAs purchased or charge lower prices for monitoring services.  Monitronics also faces competition from a significant number of small regional competitors that concentrate their capital and other resources in targeting local markets and form new marketing channels that may displace the existing alarm system dealer channels for acquiring AMAs.  Further, Monitronics is facing increasing competition from telecommunications and cable companies who are expanding into alarm monitoring services and bundling their existing offerings with monitored security services. The existing access to and relationship with subscribers that these companies have could give them a substantial advantage over Monitronics, especially if they are able to offer subscribers a lower price by bundling these services. Any of these forms of competition could reduce the acquisition opportunities available to Monitronics, thus slowing its rate of growth, or requiring it to increase the price paid for such subscriber accounts, thus reducing its return on investment and negatively impacting its revenues and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to obtain additional funds to grow Monitronics’ business.

 

Monitronics intends to continue to pursue growth through the acquisition of subscriber accounts through its authorized dealer program, among other means. To continue its growth strategy, Monitronics intends to make additional draw downs under the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility and may seek financing through new credit arrangements or the possible sale of new securities, any of which may lead to higher leverage or result in higher borrowing costs. An inability to obtain funding through external financing sources on favorable terms or at all is likely to adversely affect Monitronics’ ability to continue or accelerate its subscriber account acquisition activities.

 

Monitronics has a substantial amount of indebtedness and the costs of servicing that debt may materially affect its business and ours.

 

Monitronics has a significant amount of indebtedness.  As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics had consolidated indebtedness of $1,108,383,000.  That substantial indebtedness, combined with its other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences to us.  For example, it could:

 

·                   require Monitronics to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations (which also constitutes substantially all of our cash flow) to the payment of interest and principal due under its indebtedness, which will reduce funds available to fund future subscriber account purchases, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements;

·                   increase its vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

·                   limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we operate;

·                   limit Monitronics’ ability to obtain additional financing required to fund future subscriber account purchases, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements;

·                   place Monitronics at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of its competitors that are less leveraged;

·                   reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures; and

·                   cause any refinancing of Monitronics’ indebtedness to be at higher interest rates and require Monitronics to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The agreements governing Monitronics various debt obligations, including its Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Senior Notes, impose restrictions on its business and such restrictions could adversely affect its ability to undertake certain corporate actions.

 

The agreements governing Monitronics’ indebtedness restrict its ability to, among other things:

 

·                   incur additional indebtedness;

·                   make cash distributions to us by means of loans or cash dividends;

·                   make certain loans and investments;

·                   create liens;

·                   enter into transactions with affiliates, including our company;

·                   restrict subsidiary distributions;

·                   dissolve, merge or consolidate;

·                   make capital expenditures;

·                   transfer, sell or dispose of assets; and

·                   acquire certain types of alarm monitoring contracts.

 

Monitronics must also comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants under the Credit Facility.  Credit Facility covenants include capital expenditure limits, maximum total Monitronics debt to EBITDA (as defined within the Credit Facility agreement) ratios, a minimum Monitronics fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum eligible recurring monthly revenue (as defined within the Credit Facility agreement) to EBITDA ratio, and a maximum attrition rate.  If Monitronics cannot comply with any of these covenants, it may not be able to make additional draw downs under the revolving credit facility, which would limit Monitronics’ ability to manage its working capital requirements.  In addition, failure to comply with the restrictions contained in the Credit Facility or Senior Notes could lead to an event of default, which could result in the acceleration of a substantial amount of indebtedness.

 

Third party claims with respect to Monitronics’ intellectual property, if decided against Monitronics, may result in competing uses of Monitronics’ intellectual property or require the adoption of new, non-infringing intellectual property.

 

Monitronics has received and may continue to receive notices claiming it committed intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other intellectual property violations and third parties have claimed, and may, in the future, claim that Monitronics does not own or have rights to use all intellectual property rights used in the conduct of its business. While Monitronics does not believe that any of the currently outstanding claims are material, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert future infringement claims against Monitronics or claims that Monitronics’ rights to its intellectual property are invalid or unenforceable, and Monitronics cannot guarantee that these claims will be unsuccessful.  Any claims involving rights to use the “Monitronics” mark could have a material adverse effect on the alarm monitoring business if such claims were decided against Monitronics and it were precluded from using or licensing the “Monitronics” mark or others were allowed to use it.  If Monitronics were required to adopt a new name, it would entail marketing costs in connection with building up recognition and goodwill in such new name.  In the event that Monitronics was enjoined from using any of its other intellectual property, there would be costs associated with the replacement of such intellectual property with developed, acquired or licensed intellectual property.  There would also be costs associated with the defense and settlement of any infringement or misappropriation allegations and any damages that may be awarded.

 

Factors Relating to Regulatory Matters

 

“False Alarm” ordinances could adversely affect Monitronics’ business and operations.

 

Significant concern has arisen in certain municipalities about the high incidence of false alarms. In some localities, this concern has resulted in local ordinances or policies that restrict police response to third-party monitored burglar alarms. In addition, an increasing number of local governmental authorities have considered or adopted various measures aimed at reducing the number of false alarms, including:

 

·                   subjecting alarm monitoring companies to fines or penalties for transmitting false alarms;

·                   imposing fines on alarm monitoring services customers for false alarms;

·                   imposing limitations on the number of times the police will respond to alarms at a particular location; and

·                   requiring further verification of an alarm signal, such as visual verification or verification to two different phone numbers, before the police will respond.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Enactment of these measures could adversely affect Monitronics’ future operations and business.  For example, numerous cities or metropolitan areas have implemented verified response ordinances for residential and commercial burglar alarms. A verified response policy means that police officers generally do not respond to an alarm until someone else (e.g., the resident, a neighbor or a security guard) first verifies that it is valid.  Some alarm monitoring companies operating in these areas hire security guards or use third-party guard firms to verify an alarm.  If Monitronics needs to hire security guards or use third-party guard firms, it could have a material adverse effect on its business through either increased servicing costs, which could negatively affect the ability of Monitronics to fund properly its ongoing operations, or increased costs to its customer, which may limit its ability to attract new customers or increase our subscriber attrition rates. In addition, the perception that police departments will not respond to third-party monitored burglar alarms, may reduce customer satisfaction with traditional monitored alarm systems, which may also result in increased attrition rates or decreased customer demand. Although Monitronics has less than 35,000 subscribers in these areas, a more widespread adoption of such a policy or similar policies in other cities or municipalities could materially and adversely affect its business.

 

Monitronics’ business operates in a regulated industry.

 

Monitronics’ business, operations and dealers are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local consumer protection laws, licensing regulation and other laws and regulations, and, to a lesser extent, similar Canadian laws and regulations. While there are no U.S. federal laws that directly regulate the security alarm monitoring industry, the advertising and sales practices of Monitronics and its dealer network are subject to regulation by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) in addition to state consumer protection laws.  The FTC and the Federal Communications Commission have issued regulations that place restrictions on, among other things, unsolicited automated telephone calls to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of automatic telephone dialing systems and the use of prerecorded or artificial voice messages.   If Monitronics’ dealers were to take actions in violation of these regulations, such as telemarketing to individuals on the “Do Not Call” registry, Monitronics itself could be subject to fines, penalties, private actions or enforcement actions by government regulators.  Although Monitronics has taken steps to insulate itself from any such wrongful conduct by its dealers, and to require its dealers to comply with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that Monitronics will not be exposed to liability as result of their dealers’ conduct.  Further, to the extent that any changes in law or regulation further restrict the lead generation activity of Monitronics’ dealers, these restrictions could result in a material reduction in subscriber acquisition opportunities, reducing the growth prospects of Monitronics’ business and adversely affecting its financial condition and future cash flows.  In addition, most states in which Monitronics operates have licensing laws directed specifically toward the monitored security services industry. Monitronics’ business relies heavily upon wireline and cellular telephone service to communicate signals. Wireline and cellular telephone companies are currently regulated by both federal and state governments. Changes in laws or regulations could require Monitronics to change the way it operates, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt operations. In addition, failure to comply with any such applicable laws or regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of Monitronics’ operating permits and licenses, including in geographic areas where Monitronics’ services have substantial penetration, which could adversely affect Monitronics’ business and financial condition.  Further, if these laws and regulations were to change or Monitronics failed to comply with such laws and regulations as they exist today or in the future, Monitronics’ business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Increased adoption of statutes and governmental policies purporting to void automatic renewal provisions in the AMAs, or purporting to characterize certain charges in the AMAs as unlawful, could adversely affect Monitronics’ business and operations.

 

The AMAs typically contain provisions automatically renewing the term of the contract at the end of the initial term, unless a cancellation notice is delivered in accordance with the terms of the contract. If the customer cancels prior to the end of the contract term, other than in accordance with the contract, Monitronics may charge the customer the amounts that would have been paid over the remaining term of the contract, or charge an early cancellation fee.  Several states have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, consumer protection policies or legal precedents which purport to void or substantially limit the automatic renewal provisions of contracts such as the AMAs, or otherwise restrict the charges that can be imposed upon contract cancellation. Such initiatives could negatively impact Monitronics’ business. Adverse judicial determinations regarding these matters could increase legal exposure to customers against whom such charges have been imposed, and the risk that certain customers may seek to recover such charges through litigation. In addition, the costs of defending such litigation and enforcement actions could have an adverse effect on Monitronics business and operations.

 

ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

 

Currently, the Company leases approximately 76,000 square feet in California all of which is being subleased to third parties.  The Company leases approximately 35,000 square feet in New Jersey and the space is being marketed for sublease.  The Company leases approximately 4,000 square feet in Colorado.  In addition, the Company owns approximately 240,000 square feet of real estate of which approximately 176,000 square feet is leased to third parties.  The Company is currently exploring opportunities to dispose of or monetize such real property.

 

Monitronics leases approximately 110,000 square feet in Dallas, Texas to house its executive offices, monitoring and call centers, sales and marketing and data retention functions.  Approximately 98,000 square feet of the 110,000 square feet is under an eleven-year lease expiring May 31, 2015 and 12,000 square feet is under a seven-year lease expiring January 31, 2015.  Monitronics also leases approximately 13,000 square feet for the McKinney, Texas back-up monitoring facility.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation and similar claims incidental to the conduct of its business.  Although no assurances can be given, in the opinion of management, none of the pending actions is likely to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate.

 

ITEM 4.   MINING SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5 MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

We have two series of common stock outstanding.  Holders of our Series A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held, and holders of our Series B common stock are entitled to 10 votes for each share held, as well as a separate class vote on certain corporate actions.  Each share of the Series B common stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of Series A common stock; the Series A common stock is not convertible.  Except for such voting rights, conversion rights and designations, shares of Series A common stock and Series B common stock are substantially identical.

 

Our Series A common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ASCMA.  Our Series B common stock is eligible for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol ASCMB, but it is not actively traded.  The following table sets forth the quarterly range of high and low sales prices of shares of our Series A common stock for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  High and low bid information for our Series B common stock is not available.

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

55.78

 

46.31

 

Second quarter

 

54.87

 

44.90

 

Third quarter

 

55.01

 

48.01

 

Fourth quarter

 

63.40

 

54.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

49.85

 

37.12

 

Second quarter

 

53.05

 

42.90

 

Third quarter

 

58.37

 

38.38

 

Fourth quarter

 

52.74

 

35.88

 

 

Holders

 

As of January 31, 2013, there were approximately 1,000 and 60 record holders of our Series A common stock and Series B common stock, respectively (which amounts do not include the number of shareholders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokerage houses or other institutions, but include each institution as one shareholder).

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and have no present intention to do so.  Any payment of cash dividends in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, financial condition, alternative uses for cash and other relevant considerations.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of stockholders.

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

 

The following graph sets forth the percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on our Series A common stock for the period beginning September 18, 2008 and ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the NASDAQ Stock Market Index over the same period.  The graph assumes $100 was originally invested on September 18, 2008 and that all subsequent dividends were reinvested in additional shares.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our Series A common stock.

 

 

 

 

9/18/08

 

12/31/08

 

12/31/09

 

12/31/10

 

12/31/11

 

12/31/12

 

ASCMA Series A

 

$

100.00

 

$

80.26

 

$

93.83

 

$

142.45

 

$

186.40

 

$

227.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NASDAQ Stock Market Index

 

$

100.00

 

$

71.71

 

$

103.19

 

$

120.63

 

$

118.46

 

$

137.31

 

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the Company’s purchase of its own equity securities (all of which were comprised of shares of our Series A common stock) during the three months ended December 31, 2012:

 

Period

 

Total number of
shares
purchased /
surrendered (1)

 

Average price
paid per share

 

Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) or Shares (or
Units) that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

 

10/01/12 - 10/31/12

 

122,079

(2)

$

56.57

 

121,499

 

 

(1)

11/01/12 - 11/30/12

 

22,660

 

59.47

 

22,660

 

 

(1)

12/01/12 - 12/31/12

 

701

(2)

61.60

 

 

 

 

Total

 

145,440

 

$

57.04

 

144,159

 

 

 

 


(1)          On June 16, 2011 the Company announced that it received authorization to implement a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which it may purchase up to $25,000,000 of its shares of Series A Common Stock from time to time.  As of December 31, 2012, 504,387 Series A shares have been purchased, at an average price paid of $48.31 per share, for $24,368,000.  Approximately $632,000 of Series A Common Stock may still be purchased under the program.

 

(2)          Includes shares withheld in payment of withholding taxes by certain of our executive officers upon vesting of their restricted share awards.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, all of which are set forth below, are derived from the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and the notes thereto. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 shown below were derived from previously issued financial statements, adjusted for applicable discontinued operations and a correction of immaterial error related to the year ended December 31, 2010 (see note 4, Correction of Immaterial Error, in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere herein for further information).

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(amounts in thousands)

 

Summary Balance Sheet Data :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

261,646

 

289,893

 

240,686

 

416,891

 

490,042

 

Property and Equipment, net

 

$

56,491

 

74,697

 

78,211

 

63,721

 

65,806

 

Total assets

 

$

1,707,880

 

1,625,959

 

1,644,882

 

682,987

 

745,304

 

Current liabilities

 

$

69,813

 

123,213

 

102,806

 

70,872

 

91,202

 

Long-term debt

 

$

1,101,433

 

892,718

 

896,733

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

$

510,098

 

551,427

 

538,840

 

582,596

 

625,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Summary Statement of Operations Data :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

344,953

 

311,898

 

9,129

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

50,308

 

23,006

 

(33,490

)

(32,557

)

(22,681

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(24,255

)

(28,152

)

(33,501

)

(55,805

)

(7,664

)

Net income (loss), (a)(b)

 

$

(28,603

)

20,637

 

(47,394

)

(52,897

)

(64,619

)

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (c)

 

$

(2.04

)

1.45

 

(3.34

)

(3.76

)

(4.60

)

 


(a)          Includes impairment of goodwill of $95,069,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.  This impairment charge relates to the Creative/Media business which is included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.

 

(b)          Includes a gain on the sale of Content Distribution of $66,136,000 and related income tax expense of $6,716,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The gain and related tax expense is included in discontinued operations.

 

(c)           Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is based on the actual number of basic and diluted shares for all periods presented.

 

ITEM 7 . MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis provides information concerning our results of operations and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our accompanying consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

 

At December 31, 2012, our assets consisted primarily of our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Monitronics.

 

Monitronics

 

On December 17, 2010, we acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Monitronics, through the merger of Mono Lake Merger Sub, Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Ascent Capital established to consummate the merger, with and into Monitronics, with Monitronics as the surviving corporation in the merger (the “Monitronics Acquisition”).  The cash consideration paid in connection with the merger was $397,088,000.  The consideration was funded by a $60,000,000 term loan, a draw of $45,000,000 on an

 

24



Table of Contents

 

$115,000,000 revolving credit facility and cash on hand.  We also assumed approximately $795,000,000 in net debt (which we define as the principal amount of such debt less Monitronics cash) of Monitronics.

 

Monitronics provides security alarm monitoring and related services to residential and business subscribers throughout the U.S. and parts of Canada.  Monitronics monitors signals arising from burglaries, fires, medical alerts and other events through security systems at subscribers’ premises.  Nearly all of its revenues are derived from monthly recurring revenues under security alarm monitoring contracts purchased from independent dealers in its exclusive nationwide network.

 

Revenues are recognized as the related monitoring services are provided. Other revenues are derived primarily from the provision of third-party contract monitoring services and from field technical repair services.  All direct external costs associated with the creation of subscriber accounts are capitalized and amortized over fourteen to fifteen years using a declining balance method beginning in the month following the date of purchase. Internal costs, including all personnel and related support costs incurred solely in connection with subscriber account acquisitions and transitions, are expensed as incurred.

 

Account cancellation, otherwise referred to as subscriber attrition, has a direct impact on the number of subscribers that Monitronics services and on its financial results, including revenues, operating income and cash flow.  A portion of the subscriber base can be expected to cancel its service every year. Subscribers may choose not to renew or terminate their contract for a variety of reasons, including relocation, cost and switching to a competitors’ service.  The largest category of canceled accounts relate to subscriber relocation or the inability to contact the subscriber.  Monitronics defines its attrition rate as the number of canceled accounts in a given period divided by the weighted average of number of subscribers for that period.  Monitronics considers an account canceled if payment from the subscriber is deemed uncollectible or if the subscriber cancels for various reasons.  If a subscriber relocates but continues its service, this is not a cancellation.  If the subscriber relocates, discontinues its service and a new subscriber takes over the original subscriber’s service continuing the revenue stream (a “new owner takeover”), this is also not a cancellation.  Monitronics adjusts the number of canceled accounts by excluding those that are contractually guaranteed by its dealers.  The typical dealer contract provides that if a subscriber cancels in the first year of its contract, the dealer must either replace the canceled account with a new one or refund the purchase price. To help ensure the dealer’s obligation to Monitronics, Monitronics typically holds back a portion of the purchase price for every account purchased, ranging from 5-10%.  In some cases, the amount of the purchase holdback may be less than actual attrition experience.

 

The table below presents subscriber data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance of accounts

 

700,880

 

670,450

 

Accounts purchased (a)

 

202,379

 

114,691

 

Accounts cancelled (b)

 

(89,724

)

(76,067

)

Accounts guaranteed to be refunded by dealer

 

(996

)

(8,194

)

Ending balance of accounts

 

812,539

 

700,880

 

Monthly weighted average accounts

 

732,694

 

688,774

 

Attrition rate

 

(12.2

)%

(11.0

)%

 


(a)          During the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Monitronics purchased 120,660 and 24,863 subscriber accounts, respectively.  Monthly recurring revenue purchased during the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $5,661,000 and $1,063,000, respectively.  Monthly recurring revenue purchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $9,262,000 and $4,979,000.

 

(b)          Net of canceled accounts that are contractually guaranteed by the dealer.

 

The attrition rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 12.2% and 11.0%, respectively.  Increased attrition reflects the current age of accounts in the portfolio and an increase in disconnections due to household relocations.

 

Monitronics also analyzes its attrition by classifying accounts into annual pools based on the year of purchase.  Monitronics then tracks the number of accounts that cancel as a percentage of the initial number of accounts purchased for each pool for each year subsequent to its purchase.  Based on the average cancellation rate across the pools, in recent years Monitronics has averaged less than 1% attrition within the initial 12-month period after considering the accounts which were replaced or refunded by the dealers at no additional cost to Monitronics.  Over the next few years of the subscriber account life, the number of subscribers that cancel as a

 

25



Table of Contents

 

percentage of the initial number of subscribers in that pool gradually increases and historically has peaked following the end of the initial contract term, which is typically three to five years.  The peak following the end of the initial contract term is primarily a result of the buildup of subscribers that moved or no longer had need for the service but did not cancel their service until the end of their initial contract term.  Subsequent to the peak following the end of the initial contract term, the number of subscribers that cancel as a percentage of the initial number of subscribers in that pool declines.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

We evaluate the performance of our operations based on financial measures such as revenue and “Adjusted EBITDA.”  Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation, amortization (including the amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network), realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative instruments, restructuring charges, stock-based and other non-cash long-term incentive compensation, and other non-cash or nonrecurring charges.   Ascent Capital believes that Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of its business, including the business’ ability to fund its ongoing acquisition of subscriber accounts, its capital expenditures and to service its debt.  In addition, this measure is used by management to evaluate operating results and perform analytical comparisons and identify strategies to improve performance.   Adjusted EBITDA is also a measure that is customarily used by financial analysts to evaluate the financial performance of companies in the security alarm monitoring industry and is one of the financial measures, subject to certain adjustments, by which Monitronics’ covenants are calculated under the agreements governing their debt obligations.  Adjusted EBITDA does not represent cash flow from operations as defined by generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), should not be construed as an alternative to net income or loss and is indicative neither of our results of operations nor of cash flows available to fund all of our cash needs.  It is, however, a measurement that Ascent Capital believes is useful to investors in analyzing its operating performance.  Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, net income, cash flow provided by operating activities and other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure.  As companies often define non-GAAP financial measures differently, Adjusted EBITDA as calculated by Ascent Capital should not be compared to any similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth selected data from the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated.  The results of operations for Monitronics are included from December 17, 2010, the date of its acquisition (amounts in thousands).

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

344,953

 

311,898

 (a)

9,129

 

Cost of services

 

49,791

 

40,553

 

1,422

 

Selling, general, and administrative

 

73,389

 

76,845

 

30,314

 

Amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network

 

163,468

 

159,619

 

5,980

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

4,258

 

4,604

 

Loss (gain) on sale of operating assets, net

 

(8,670

)

565

 

(2,768

)

Interest expense

 

71,390

 

42,813

 

2,672

 

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

2,044

 

10,601

 

1,682

 

Income tax expense from continuing operations

 

2,591

 

2,457

 

270

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

(24,255

)

(28,152

)

(33,501

)

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(4,348

)

48,789

 

(13,893

)

Net income (loss)

 

(28,603

)

20,637

 

(47,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monitronics business Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

236,341

 

214,485

 

5,577

 

Corporate Adjusted EBITDA

 

3,096

 

(12,052

)

(20,259

)

Total Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

239,437

 

202,433

 

(14,682

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monitronics business

 

68.5

%

68.8

%

61.1

%

Corporate

 

0.9

%

(3.9

)%

N/A

 

 


(a)          Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflects the negative impact of a $2,295,000 fair value adjustment that reduced deferred revenue acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition.

 

(b)          See reconciliation to net loss from continuing operations below.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Net Revenue.   Revenue increased $33,055,000, or 10.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase is attributable to the increase in the number of subscriber accounts from 700,880 as of December 31, 2011 to 812,539 as of December 31, 2012.  Approximately 93,000 accounts were acquired in a bulk buy on October 25, 2012, which provided approximately $9,640,000 in increased revenue.  Average monthly revenue per subscriber increased from $37.49 as of December 31, 2011 to $39.50 as of December 31, 2012.  Furthermore, the increase is partially attributable to a $2,295,000 fair value adjustment associated with deferred revenue acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition, which reduced net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Revenue increased $302,769,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase is primarily attributable to the inclusion of a full year’s operation of the Monitronics business in 2011 as compared to 15 days in 2010, due to revenue only being generated from the Monitronics business which was acquired on December 17, 2010.

 

Cost of Services.  Cost of services increased $9,238,000 or 22.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase is attributable to an increased number of accounts monitored across the cellular network and an increase in interactive and home automation services, which resulted in higher operating and service costs.  Cost of service as a percent of net revenue increased from 13.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 14.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Cost of services increased $39,131,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase is attributable to the inclusion of a full year’s operation of the Monitronics business in 2011 as compared to 15 days in 2010, due to cost of services only being incurred from the Monitronics business.

 

Selling, General and Administrative.   Selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) decreased $3,456,000, or 4.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The decrease is primarily attributable to decreased administrative and corporate expenses related to the reorganization of the Company in 2010 and 2011 with the acquisition of Monitronics and disposition of the Content Services and Creative Services businesses.  Additionally, the decrease is attributable to a non-recurring $2,640,000 charge related to an ongoing litigation matter recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The decrease was partially offset by an increase in Monitronics SG&A costs.  The increased Monitronics SG&A costs were driven by increased payroll, marketing and stock-based compensation expenses of approximately $3,525,000 as compared to the corresponding prior year period.  The increase in stock-based compensation expense is related to restricted stock and stock option awards granted to certain employees during 2011 and 2012.  SG&A as a percent of net revenue decreased from 24.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 21.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

SG&A increased $46,531,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase was primarily due to increased SG&A expense related to Monitronics which had a full year of operations in 2011 as compared to 15 days in 2010.  The Monitronics business’ SG&A expenses were $57,170,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $2,130,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 2011 increase was partially offset by decreased administrative and corporate expenses as a result of the reorganization of the Company’s primary businesses in 2010 and 2011.

 

Amortization of Subscriber Accounts and Dealer Network .  Amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network increased $3,849,000 and $153,639,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years.  The 2012 increase is primarily attributable to amortization of subscriber accounts purchased subsequent to December 31, 2011.  The 2011 increase is attributable to a full year’s amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network related to the Monitronics Acquisition, as compared to 15 days of amortization recognized in 2010.

 

Restructuring Charges.    There were no restructuring charges recorded in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.  During 2011 and 2010, the Company completed certain restructuring activities and recorded charges of $4,258,000 and $4,604,000, respectively.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began a new restructuring plan (the “2010 Restructuring Plan”) in conjunction with the expected sales of the Creative/Media and Content Distribution businesses.  The 2010 Restructuring Plan was implemented to meet the changing strategic needs of the Company as it sold most of its media and entertainment services assets and acquired Monitronics.  Such charges included retention costs for corporate employees to remain employed until the sales were complete, severance costs for certain employees and facility costs that were no longer being used by the Company due to the business sales.

 

Before the Company implemented the 2010 Restructuring Plan, it had just completed a restructuring plan that was implemented in 2008 and concluded in September 2010 (the “2008 Restructuring Plan”).  The 2008 Restructuring Plan was implemented to align our organization with our strategic goals and how we operate, manage and market our services.  The 2008 Restructuring Plan charges included severance costs from labor cost mitigation measures undertaken across all of the businesses and facility costs in conjunction with the consolidation of certain facilities in the United Kingdom and the closing of the Company’s Mexico operations.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides the activity and balances of the 2010 Restructuring Plan and the 2008 Restructuring Plan (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

1,886

 

 

(1,886

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess facility costs

 

$

236

 

 

(95

)

141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

3,590

 

4,186

 

(5,890

)

1,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$

9

 

 

(9

)

 

Excess facility costs

 

211

 

72

 

(47

)

236

 

Total

 

$

220

 

72

 

(56

)

236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

 

3,994

 

(404

)

3,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$

221

 

477

 

(689

)

9

 

Excess facility costs

 

93

 

133

 

(15

)

211

 

Total

 

$

314

 

610

 

(704

)

220

 

 


(a)          Primarily represents cash payments.

 

Loss (Gain) on the Sale of Assets .  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold land and buildings for approximately $15,860,000, resulting in pre-tax gains of approximately $9,202,000.  In addition, the Company sold its 50% interest in an equity method investment for $1,420,000, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $532,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company disposed of certain property and equipment, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $565,000.  The 2010 gain on the sale of assets is primarily attributable to the sale of real estate for $6,176,000, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $2,736,000.

 

Interest Expense .  Interest expense increased $28,577,000 and $40,141,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as compared to the corresponding prior years.   The increase in 2012 is primarily due to the presentation of interest costs related to derivative instruments executed on March 23, 2012 in conjunction with Monitronics’ debt refinancing.  Interest costs related to the current derivative instruments are presented in Interest expense on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as the related derivative instruments are effective hedges of Monitronics’ interest rate risk for which hedge accounting is applied.  As the Company did not apply hedge accounting on its prior derivative instruments, the related interest costs incurred prior to March 23, 2012 are presented in Realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss).  The increase is also attributable to the increase in debt and the increase in interest rates associated with the Senior Notes and Credit Facility, as compared to the Company’s prior debt obligations.  The increase in 2011 interest expense is attributable to the increase in debt associated with the Monitronics Acquisition on December 17, 2010.  Interest expense includes amortization of debt discount of $4,473,000, $16,985,000 and $780,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivative Financial Instruments .  Realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments was $2,044,000, $10,601,000 and $1,682,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The decrease in 2012 is attributable to the March 23, 2012 settlement of Monitronics’ prior derivative instruments for which the Company did not

 

28



Table of Contents

 

apply hedge accounting.  The increase in 2011 is attributable to the inclusion of a full year’s operations of the Monitronics business, which held the derivative instruments, in 2011 as compared to 15 days in 2010.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the realized and unrealized loss on the derivative financial instruments includes settlement payments of $8,837,000 partially offset by a $6,793,000 unrealized gain related to the change in fair value of the derivative instruments before their termination on March 23, 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments includes settlement payments of $38,645,000 partially offset by a $28,044,000 unrealized gain related to the change in the fair value of these derivatives.  For year ended December 31, 2010, the realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statements of operations includes settlement payments of $1,504,000 and a $178,000 unrealized loss related to the change in the fair value of these derivatives.

 

Income Taxes from Continuing Operations.   For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had a pre-tax loss from continuing operations of $21,664,000 and income tax expense from continuing operations of $2,591,000.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had a pre-tax loss from continuing operations of $25,695,000 and an income tax expense from continuing operations of $2,457,000.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had a pre-tax loss from continuing operations of $33,231,000 and an income tax expense from continuing operations of $270,000.  Income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 is primarily attributable to Monitronics’ state tax expense.  The Company recorded charges of $8,527,000, $7,484,000 and $9,756,000 to increase the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Earnings (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes. Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes were $(4,348,000), $48,789,000 and $(13,893,000) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  These amounts included the earnings and expenses of operations disposed of in prior years and the related gains or losses on those disposals.  See further information about the discontinued operations below.

 

Adjusted EBITDA.   The following table provides a reconciliation of total Adjusted EBITDA to loss from continuing operations before income taxes (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

239,437

 

202,433

 

(14,682

)

Amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network

 

(163,468

)

(159,619

)

(5,980

)

Depreciation

 

(8,404

)

(7,052

)

(3,067

)

Loss on pension plan settlements

 

(6,571

)

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

(5,298

)

(4,456

)

(4,182

)

Restructuring charges

 

 

(4,258

)

(4,604

)

Impairment of assets held for sale

 

(1,692

)

 

 

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

 

(2,044

)

(10,601

)

(1,682

)

Refinancing costs

 

(6,245

)

 

 

Interest income

 

4,011

 

671

 

3,638

 

Interest expense

 

(71,390

)

(42,813

)

(2,672

)

Income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,591

)

(2,457

)

(270

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(24,255

)

(28,152

)

(33,501

)

 

Adjusted EBITDA increased $37,004,000, or 18.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the corresponding prior year.  The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to revenue growth.  Adjusted EBITDA increased $217,115,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the corresponding prior year, which is attributable to the inclusion of a full year’s operation of the Monitronics business in 2011 as compared to 15 days in 2010.  The Monitronics business’ Adjusted EBITDA was $236,341,000, $214,485,000 and $5,577,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Discontinued Operations

 

During 2012, the Company recorded costs of approximately $3,742,000 related to contract termination and other loss contingencies associated with the discontinued operations.  The following businesses have been treated as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

 

Systems Integration

 

The Company shut down the operations of the Systems Integration business in June 2011 to meet its changing strategic needs.  In connection with ceasing its operations, the Company recorded exit costs of $1,119,000 related to employee severance for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Content Distribution

 

On February 28, 2011, the Company completed the sale of 100% of the Content Distribution business to Encompass Digital Media, Inc. and their wholly-owned subsidiary.  In connection with the sale, the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $104,000,000 and recorded a pre-tax gain of $66,136,000 and $6,716,000 of related income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Creative/Media

 

On December 31, 2010, pursuant to a definitive agreement with Deluxe Entertainment Services Group Inc. dated November 24, 2010, the Company completed the sale of 100% of its Creative/Media business.  In connection with the sale, the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $69,000,000 and recorded a pre-tax loss of $27,110,000 and $7,587,000 of related income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

GMX

 

In September 2010, the Company shut down the operations of the Global Media Exchange (“GMX”) business, which was previously included in the Content Services group.  In connection with the shutdown, the Company recorded a charge of $1,838,000 for severance charges and losses on disposal of assets for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Chiswick Park

 

In February 2010, the Company completed the sale of the assets and operations of the Chiswick Park facility located in the United Kingdom, which was previously included in the Content Services group, to Discovery Communications, Inc.  In connection with the sale, the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $34,800,000 and recorded a pre-tax gain of $25,498,000 and $3,423,000 of related income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

At December 31, 2012, we have $78,422,000 of cash and cash equivalents and $142,587,000 of marketable securities.  We may use a portion of these assets to decrease debt obligations, fund stock repurchases, or fund potential strategic acquisitions or investment opportunities.

 

Additionally, our other source of funds is our cash flows from operating activities, which are primarily generated from the operations of Monitronics, which was acquired on December 17, 2010.  During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our cash flow from operating activities was $146,790,000, $131,238,000 and $50,300,000, respectively.  The primary driver of our cash flow from operating activities is Adjusted EBITDA.  Fluctuations in our Adjusted EBITDA are discussed in “Results of Operations” above.  In addition, our cash flow from operating activities may be significantly impacted by changes in working capital.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we used cash of $304,665,000, $162,714,000 and $4,214,000, respectively, to fund purchases of subscriber accounts, net of holdback and guarantee obligations.  In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we used cash of $6,076,000, $4,242,000, and $139,000, respectively, to fund our capital expenditures. In December 2010, we paid cash of $388,401,000 to acquire Monitronics, net of Monitronics cash on hand of $7,475,000.

 

On June 16, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25,000,000 of our Series A common stock.  During the year ended December 31, 2012 we repurchased 234,728 shares of our Series A common stock for a total of approximately

 

30



Table of Contents

 

$12,880,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased 269,659 shares of our Series A common stock for a total of approximately $11,488,000. These shares were returned to authorized and unissued, reducing the number of our shares outstanding.

 

During 2012 and 2011, in order to improve our investment rate of return, we purchased marketable securities primarily consisting of diversified corporate bond funds for cash of $99,667,000 and $40,253,000, respectively.  During 2010, we purchased marketable securities consisting of diversified corporate bond funds for cash of $41,757,000.  To fund the Monitronics Acquisition, we sold all of the marketable securities we held in December 2010 for cash proceeds of $96,685,000.

 

In considering our liquidity requirements for 2013, we evaluated our known future commitments and obligations.  We will require the availability of funds to finance the strategy of our primary operating subsidiary, Monitronics, which is to grow through subscriber account purchases.  We also considered the expected cash flow from Monitronics, as this business is the driver of our operating cash flows.  In addition, we considered the borrowing capacity of Monitronics’ Credit Facility revolver, under which Monitronics could borrow an additional $137,200,000 as of December 31, 2012.  Based on this analysis, we expect that cash on hand, cash flow generated from operations and borrowings under the Monitronics’ Credit Facility will provide sufficient liquidity, given our anticipated current and future requirements.

 

The existing long-term debt of Monitronics at December 31, 2012 includes the principal balance of $1,113,312,500 under its Senior Notes, Credit Facility, and Credit Facility revolver.  The Senior Notes have an outstanding principal balance of $410,000,000 as of December 31, 2012 and mature on April 1, 2020.  The Credit Facility term loan has an outstanding principal balance of $690,512,500 as of December 31, 2012 and requires principal payments of $1,737,500 per quarter with the remaining outstanding balance becoming due on March 23, 2018.  The Credit Facility revolver has an outstanding balance of $12,800,000 as of December 31, 2012 and becomes due on March 23, 2017.

 

We may seek external equity or debt financing in the event of any new investment opportunities, additional capital expenditures or our operations requiring additional funds, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain equity or debt financing on terms that would be acceptable to us or at all.  Our ability to seek additional sources of funding depends on our future financial position and results of operations, which are subject to general conditions in or affecting our industry and our customers and to general economic, political, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors beyond our control.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Information concerning the amount and timing of required payments under our contractual obligations at December 31, 2012 is summarized below (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

After 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

4,683

 

8,472

 

3,381

 

2,939

 

19,475

 

Long-term debt (a)

 

6,950

 

13,900

 

26,700

 

1,065,763

 

1,113,313

 

Other

 

10,928

 

220

 

336

 

2,311

 

13,795

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

22,561

 

22,592

 

30,417

 

1,071,013

 

1,146,583

 

 


(a)          Amounts reflect principal amounts owed and therefore excludes discount of $4,930,000.  Amounts also exclude interest payments which are based on variable interest rates.

 

We have contingent liabilities related to legal proceedings and other matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Although it is reasonably possible we may incur losses upon conclusion of such matters, an estimate of any loss or range of loss cannot be made. In the opinion of management, it is expected that amounts, if any, which may be required to satisfy such contingencies will not be material in relation to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Valuation of Subscriber Accounts

 

Subscriber accounts, which totaled $987,975,000 net of accumulated amortization, at December 31, 2012, relate to the cost of acquiring portfolios of monitoring service contracts from independent dealers.  The subscriber accounts acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition were recorded at fair value under the purchase method of accounting.  Subscriber accounts purchased subsequent to the acquisition are recorded at cost.  All direct external costs associated with the creation of subscriber accounts are capitalized.  Internal costs, including all personnel and related support costs, incurred solely in connection with subscriber account acquisitions and transitions are expensed as incurred.

 

The costs of subscriber accounts acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition, as well as certain accounts acquired in bulk purchases, are amortized using the 14-year 235% declining balance method.  The costs of all other subscriber accounts are amortized using the 15-year 220% declining balance method, beginning in the month following the date of purchase.  The amortization methods were selected to provide an approximate matching of the amortization of the subscriber accounts intangible asset to estimated future subscriber revenues based on the projected lives of individual subscriber contracts.  The realizable value and remaining useful lives of these assets could be impacted by changes in subscriber attrition rates, which could have an adverse effect on our earnings.

 

The Company reviews the subscriber accounts for impairment or a change in amortization method and period whenever events or changes indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable or the life should be shortened. For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment loss, we view subscriber accounts as a single pool because of the assets’ homogeneous characteristics, and because the pool of subscriber accounts is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of the other assets and liabilities.

 

Valuation of Long-lived Assets and Amortizable Other Intangible Assets

 

We perform impairment tests for our long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment, if an event or circumstance indicates that the carrying amount of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable.  We are subject to the possibility of impairment of long-lived assets arising in the ordinary course of business. We regularly consider the likelihood of impairment and may recognize impairment if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or intangible asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows.  Impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. We use both the income approach and market approach to estimate fair value. Our estimates of fair value are subject to a high degree of judgment since they include a long-term forecast of future operations. Accordingly, any value ultimately derived from our long-lived assets may differ from our estimate of fair value.

 

Valuation of Trade Receivables

 

We must make estimates of the collectability of our trade receivables.  We perform extensive credit evaluations on the portfolios of subscriber accounts prior to purchase and require no collateral on the accounts that are acquired.  We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of subscribers to make required payments.  Factors such as historical-loss experience, recoveries and economic conditions are considered in determining the sufficiency of the allowance to cover potential losses.  Our trade receivables balance was $10,891,000, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,436,000, as of December 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2011, our trade receivables balance was $10,973,000, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,815,000.

 

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740,  Income Taxes , we review the nature of each component of our deferred income taxes for the ability to realize the future tax benefits.  As part of this review, we rely on the objective evidence of our current performance and the subjective evidence of estimates of our forecast of future operations.  Our estimates of realizability are subject to a high degree of judgment since they include such forecasts of future operations.  After consideration of all available positive and negative evidence and estimates, we have determined that it is more likely than not that we will not realize the tax benefits associated with our United States deferred tax assets and certain foreign deferred tax assets, and as such, we have a valuation allowance which totaled $53,108,000 and $29,248,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Valuation of Goodwill

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had goodwill of $349,227,000, which represents approximately 20% of total assets.  This goodwill was recorded in connection with the Monitronics Acquisition on December 17, 2010.  The Company accounts for its goodwill pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350,  Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (“FASB ASC Topic 350”).  In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually.

 

To the extent necessary, recoverability of goodwill for the reporting unit is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved, which is classified as a Level 3 measurement under FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement . The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment.

 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.  In the event that we are not able to achieve expected cash flow levels, or other factors indicate that goodwill is impaired, we may need to write off all or part of our goodwill, which would adversely impact our operating results and financial position.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

As of December 31, 2012, we have variable interest rate debt with principal amounts of $703,312,500.  As a result, we have exposure to changes in interest rates related to these debt obligations.  Monitronics uses derivative financial instruments to manage the exposure related to the movement in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2012, we have a net derivative financial instrument liability of approximately $12,243,000, which represented the two outstanding derivatives’ net fair value at that date.  The derivatives are designated as hedges and were entered into with the intention of reducing the risk associated with variable interest rates on the debt obligations.  We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

Tabular Presentation of Interest Rate Risk

 

The table below provides information about our debt obligations and derivative financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.  Interest rate swaps are presented at fair value and by maturity date.  Debt amounts represent principal payments by maturity date.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

Year of Maturity

 

Fixed Rate
Derivative
Instruments (a)

 

Variable Rate
Debt

 

Fixed Rate
Debt

 

Total

 

 

 

Amounts in thousands

 

2013

 

$

 

6,950

 

 

6,950

 

2014

 

 

6,950

 

 

6,950

 

2015

 

 

6,950

 

 

6,950

 

2016

 

 

6,950

 

 

6,950

 

2017

 

 

19,750

 

 

19,750

 

Thereafter

 

12,243

 

655,763

 

410,000

 

1,078,006

 

Total

 

$

12,243

 

703,313

 

410,000

 

1,125,556

 

 


(a)          The derivative financial instruments reflected in this column include two interest rate swaps, both with a maturity date of March 23, 2018.  The terms of the Company’s outstanding swap derivative instruments as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Notional

 

Effective Date

 

Rate Paid

 

Rate Received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

  545,875,000

 

March 23, 2012

 

2.055

%

3 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA , subject to a 1.25% floor

 

144,637,500

 

December 31, 2012

 

1.555

%

3 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA , subject to a 1.25% floor

 

 

33



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Our consolidated financial statements are filed under this Item, beginning on page 38.  The financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X are filed under Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9 . CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its chairman, president and principal accounting officer (the “Executives”), of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Executives concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified during the three months ended December 31, 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Ascent Capital’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the Company’s financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (3) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (4) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

The Company assessed the design and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework .

 

Based upon our assessment using the criteria contained in COSO, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, Ascent Capital’s internal control over financial reporting is effectively designed and operating effectively.

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements.  Their report appears on page 36 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited Ascent Capital Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Ascent Capital Group, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Ascent Capital Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas

 

February 27, 2013

 

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Ascent Capital Group Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

Dallas, Texas

 

February 27, 2013

 

 

37



Table of Contents

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Amounts in thousands, except share amounts

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

78,422

 

183,558

 

Restricted cash

 

2,640

 

31,196

 

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,436 in 2012 and $1,815 in 2011

 

10,891

 

10,973

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

 

3,780

 

5,881

 

Investments in marketable securities

 

142,587

 

40,377

 

Income taxes receivable

 

132

 

308

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

15,989

 

17,600

 

Assets held for sale

 

7,205

 

 

Total current assets

 

261,646

 

289,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

28,000

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $30,570 in 2012 and $37,537 in 2011

 

56,491

 

74,697

 

Subscriber accounts, net of accumulated amortization of $308,487 in 2012 and $155,099 in 2011

 

987,975

 

838,441

 

Dealer network, net of accumulated amortization of $20,580 in 2012 and $10,500 in 2011

 

29,853

 

39,933

 

Goodwill

 

349,227

 

349,227

 

Other assets, net

 

22,634

 

5,706

 

Assets of discontinued operations

 

54

 

62

 

Total assets

 

$

1,707,880

 

1,625,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,664

 

3,987

 

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

 

3,504

 

5,149

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

27,181

 

19,000

 

Deferred revenue

 

10,327

 

6,803

 

Purchase holdbacks

 

10,818

 

12,273

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

6,950

 

60,000

 

Liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

7,369

 

16,001

 

Total current liabilities

 

69,813

 

123,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

1,101,433

 

892,718

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

12,359

 

36,279

 

Deferred income tax liability, net

 

8,187

 

9,793

 

Other liabilities

 

5,990

 

12,529

 

Total liabilities

 

1,197,782

 

1,074,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; no shares issued

 

 

 

Series A common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 45,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 13,389,821 and 13,471,594 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

 

134

 

135

 

Series B common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 737,166 and 739,894 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

 

7

 

7

 

Series C common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 45,000,000 shares; no shares issued

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

1,453,700

 

1,461,671

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(934,213

)

(905,610

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(9,530

)

(4,776

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

510,098

 

551,427

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,707,880

 

1,625,959

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

344,953

 

311,898

 

9,129

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services

 

49,791

 

40,553

 

1,422

 

Selling, general, and administrative, including stock-based and long-term compensation

 

73,389

 

76,845

 

30,314

 

Amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network

 

163,468

 

159,619

 

5,980

 

Depreciation

 

8,404

 

7,052

 

3,067

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

4,258

 

4,604

 

Loss (gain) on sale of operating assets, net

 

(8,670

)

565

 

(2,768

)

Loss on pension plan settlements

 

6,571

 

 

 

Impairment of assets held for sale

 

1,692

 

 

 

 

 

294,645

 

288,892

 

42,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

50,308

 

23,006

 

(33,490

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

4,011

 

671

 

3,638

 

Interest expense

 

(71,390

)

(42,813

)

(2,672

)

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

(2,044

)

(10,601

)

(1,682

)

Refinancing expense

 

(6,245

)

 

 

Other income, net

 

3,696

 

4,042

 

975

 

 

 

(71,972

)

(48,701

)

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(21,664

)

(25,695

)

(33,231

)

Income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,591

)

(2,457

)

(270

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

(24,255

)

(28,152

)

(33,501

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

 

(3,742

)

48,836

 

(12,077

)

Income tax expense from discontinued operations

 

(606

)

(47

)

(1,816

)

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(4,348

)

48,789

 

(13,893

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(28,603

)

20,637

 

(47,394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

256

 

(2,950

)

4,026

 

Unrealized holding gain (loss), net of income tax

 

2,543

 

124

 

(1,352

)

Unrealized loss on derivative contracts

 

(12,243

)

 

 

Pension liability adjustment

 

4,690

 

863

 

(1,870

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(4,754

)

(1,963

)

804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(33,357

)

18,674

 

(46,590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(1.73

)

(1.98

)

(2.36

)

Discontinued operations

 

(0.31

)

3.43

 

(0.98

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2.04

)

1.45

 

(3.34

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Amounts in thousands

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(28,603

)

20,637

 

(47,394

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (earnings) from discontinued operations, net of income tax

 

4,348

 

(48,789

)

13,893

 

Amortization of subscriber accounts and dealer network

 

163,468

 

159,619

 

5,980

 

Depreciation

 

8,404

 

7,052

 

3,067

 

Stock-based compensation

 

5,298

 

4,732

 

3,148

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

436

 

181

 

747

 

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative financial instruments

 

(6,793

)

(28,044

)

1,682

 

Refinancing expense

 

6,245

 

 

 

Long term debt amortization

 

4,473

 

16,985

 

780

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net

 

(8,670

)

565

 

(2,768

)

Loss on pension plan settlements

 

6,571

 

 

 

Impairment of assets held for sale

 

1,692

 

 

 

Other non-cash activity, net

 

9,066

 

6,428

 

(1,874

)

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

(5,778

)

(5,365

)

1,806

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(3,579

)

225

 

4,368

 

Payables and other liabilities

 

3,184

 

(4,546

)

12,388

 

Operating activities from discontinued operations, net

 

(12,972

)

1,558

 

54,477

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

146,790

 

131,238

 

50,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(6,076

)

(4,242

)

(139

)

Purchases of subscriber accounts

 

(304,665

)

(162,714

)

(4,214

)

Purchases of marketable securities

 

(99,667

)

(40,253

)

(41,757

)

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

 

55,963

 

4,719

 

(13,318

)

Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(388,401

)

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities

 

 

 

96,685

 

Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations

 

 

99,488

 

92,121

 

Proceeds from the sale of operating assets

 

17,280

 

 

6,201

 

Other investing activities, net

 

 

 

54

 

Investing activities from discontinued operations, net

 

 

(3,196

)

(37,553

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(337,165

)

(106,198

)

(290,321

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

1,277,900

 

78,800

 

110,300

 

Payments on long-term debt

 

(1,133,387

)

(59,800

)

(9,000

)

Refinancing costs and payments of deferred financing costs

 

(46,721

)

 

(2,388

)

Stock option exercises

 

327

 

1,291

 

 

Purchases and retirement of common stock

 

(12,880

)

(11,488

)

 

Other

 

 

 

2

 

Financing activities from discontinued operations, net

 

 

(142

)

(1,950

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

85,239

 

8,661

 

96,964

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(105,136

)

33,701

 

(143,057

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

183,558

 

149,857

 

292,914

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

78,422

 

183,558

 

149,857

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Amounts in thousands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

other

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Common Stock

 

paid-in

 

Accumulated

 

comprehensive

 

stockholders

 

 

 

stock

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

Series C

 

Capital

 

deficit

 

income (loss)

 

equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

 

134

 

7

 

 

1,464,925

 

(878,853

)

(3,617

)

582,596

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47,394

)

 

(47,394

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

804

 

804

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2

 

 

 

3,146

 

 

 

3,148

 

Shares withheld for tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

(314

)

 

 

(314

)

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

 

136

 

7

 

 

1,467,757

 

(926,247

)

(2,813

)

538,840

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,637

 

 

20,637

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,963

)

(1,963

)

Stock repurchases

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11,486

)

 

 

(11,488

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

4,732

 

 

 

4,732

 

Stock option exercises

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

1,291

 

Shares withheld for tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

(622

)

 

 

(622

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

 

135

 

7

 

 

1,461,671

 

(905,610

)

(4,776

)

551,427

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,603

)

 

(28,603

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,754

)

(4,754

)

Stock repurchases

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(12,878

)

 

 

(12,880

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

5,298

 

 

 

5,298

 

Stock awards and option exercises

 

 

1

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

327

 

Shares withheld for tax liability

 

 

 

 

 

(717

)

 

 

(717

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

 

134

 

7

 

 

1,453,700

 

(934,213

)

(9,530

)

510,098

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

(1)  Basis of Presentation

 

On July 7, 2011, Ascent Media Corporation merged with its direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Ascent Capital Group, Inc. (“Ascent Capital” or the “Company”), for the purpose of changing its name to Ascent Capital Group, Inc.  Ascent Capital was incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 29, 2008 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discovery Holding Company (“DHC”), a subsidiary of Discovery Communications, Inc.  On September 17, 2008, Ascent Capital was spun off from DHC and became an independent, publicly traded company.  The accompanying Ascent Capital Group, Inc. consolidated financial statements represent the financial position and results of operations of Ascent Capital and its consolidated subsidiaries.  Monitronics International, Inc. (“Monitronics”) is the primary, wholly-owned, operating subsidiary of the Company.

 

On December 17, 2010, Ascent Capital acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Monitronics through the merger of Mono Lake Merger Sub, Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Ascent Capital established to consummate the merger, with and into Monitronics, with Monitronics as the surviving corporation in the merger (the “Monitronics Acquisition”). Monitronics provides security alarm monitoring and related services to residential and business subscribers throughout the United States of America (“U.S.”) and parts of Canada.  Monitronics monitors signals arising from burglaries, fires, medical alerts and other events through security systems installed by independent dealers at subscribers’ premises.

 

The consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for all periods presented.

 

The Company has reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period’s presentation.

 

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Consolidation Principles

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for all periods presented and include the accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers investments with original purchased maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Restricted cash is cash that is restricted for a specific purpose and cannot be included in the cash and cash equivalents account.  At December 31, 2012, the Company had restricted cash of $2,640,000, classified as current, that is held in an escrow account in connection with certain financial obligations.  The cash will remain in escrow until settlement of such obligations, which is expected to be within the next twelve months.

 

Trade Receivables

 

Trade receivables consist primarily of amounts due from customers for recurring monthly monitoring services over a wide geographical base.  The Company performs extensive credit evaluations on the portfolios of subscriber accounts prior to purchase and requires no collateral on the accounts that are acquired.  The Company has established an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of subscribers to make required payments.  Factors such as historical-loss experience, recoveries and economic conditions are considered in determining the sufficiency of the allowance to cover potential losses.  The allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1,436,000 and $1,815,000, respectively.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

A summary of activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance
Beginning

of Year

 

Charged
to Expense

 

Write-Offs
and Other

 

Balance
End of
Year

 

2012

 

$

1,815

 

5,860

 

(6,239

)

1,436

 

2011

 

$

250

 

5,484

 

(3,919

)

1,815

 

2010

 

$

0

 

250

 

0

 

250

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable.  The Company performs extensive credit evaluations on the portfolios of subscriber accounts prior to purchase and requires no collateral on the subscriber accounts that are acquired.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are generally limited due to the large number of subscribers comprising the Company’s customer base.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair values of cash equivalents, current accounts receivable and current accounts payable approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature.  The Company’s debt instruments are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet.  See note 14, Fair Value Measurements, for further fair value information around the Company’s debt instruments.

 

Investments

 

All investments in marketable securities held by the Company are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and are carried at fair value generally based on quoted market prices.  The Company records unrealized changes in the fair value of AFS securities in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets.  When these investments are sold, the gain or loss realized on the sale is recorded in Other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the underlying lease. Estimated useful lives by class of asset are as follows:

 

Buildings

 

20 years

 

Leasehold improvements

 

15 years or lease term, if shorter

 

Machinery and equipment

 

5 - 7 years

 

Computer systems and software (included in Machinery and Equipment in note 9)

 

3 - 5 years

 

 

Management reviews the realizability of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating the value and future benefits of long-term assets, their carrying value is compared to management’s best estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining economic life. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets.  If necessary, the Company would use both the income approach and market approach to estimate fair value.

 

Subscriber Accounts

 

Subscriber accounts relate to the cost of acquiring monitoring service contracts from independent dealers.  The subscriber accounts acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition were recorded at fair value under the purchase method of accounting.  Subscriber accounts purchased subsequent to the acquisition are recorded at cost.  All direct external costs associated with the creation of subscriber accounts are capitalized.  Internal costs, including all personnel and related support costs, incurred solely in connection with subscriber account acquisitions and transitions are expensed as incurred.

 

The costs of subscriber accounts acquired in the Monitronics Acquisition, as well as certain accounts acquired in bulk purchases, are amortized using the 14-year 235% declining balance method.  The costs of all other subscriber accounts are amortized using the 15-year 220% declining balance method, beginning in the month following the date of purchase.  The amortization methods were selected to provide an approximate matching of the amortization of the subscriber accounts intangible asset to estimated future subscriber

 

43



Table of Contents

 

revenues based on the projected lives of individual subscriber contracts.  Amortization of subscriber accounts was $153,388,000, $149,539,000 and $5,560,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Based on subscriber accounts held at December 31, 2012, estimated amortization of subscriber accounts in the succeeding five fiscal years ending December 31 is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

2013

 

$

158,747

 

2014

 

132,920

 

2015

 

111,293

 

2016

 

93,225

 

2017

 

87,299

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

583,484

 

 

The Company reviews the subscriber accounts for impairment or a change in amortization method and period whenever events or changes indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable or the life should be shortened.  For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment loss, the Company views subscriber accounts as a single pool because of the assets’ homogeneous characteristics, and the pool of subscriber accounts is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of the other assets and liabilities.

 

Dealer Network

 

Dealer network is an intangible asset that relates to the dealer relationships that were acquired as part of the Monitronics Acquisition.  This intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of five years.  Amortization of dealer network was $ 10,080,000, $10,080,000 and $420,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

The Company reviews the dealer network intangible asset for impairment or a change in amortization period whenever events or changes indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable or the life should be shortened.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company accounts for its goodwill pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350,  Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (“FASB ASC Topic 350”).  In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually.

 

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill of a reporting unit may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is measured at the reporting unit level based on the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350.

 

To the extent necessary, recoverability of goodwill at a reporting unit level is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved, which is classified as a Level 3 measurement under FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. When the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, the Company will calculate an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded to write down the carrying value. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit but may indicate certain long-lived and amortizable intangible assets associated with the reporting unit may require additional impairment testing.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Deferred financing costs are capitalized when the related debt is issued or when revolving credit lines increase the borrowing capacity of the Company.  Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Purchase Holdbacks

 

The Company typically withholds payment of a designated percentage of the purchase price when it purchases subscriber accounts from dealers.  The withheld funds are recorded as a liability until the guarantee period provided by the dealer has expired.  The holdback is used as a reserve to cover any terminated subscriber accounts that are not replaced by the dealer during the guarantee period.  At the end of the guarantee period, which is typically one year from the date of purchase, the dealer is responsible for any deficit or is paid the balance of the holdback.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to movement in interest rates. The use of these financial instruments modifies the exposure of these risks with the intention of reducing the risk or cost. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company recognizes the fair value of all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value is based on market quotes for similar instruments with the same duration. For derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging , unrealized gains and losses on the derivative instruments are reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), to the extent the hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in earnings.  Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are marked to market at the end of each accounting period with the change in fair value recorded in earnings.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates on the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period. The effects of the foreign currency translation adjustments are deferred and are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is generated from security alarm monitoring and related services provided by Monitronics.  Revenue related to alarm monitoring services is recognized ratably over the life of the contract.  Revenue related to maintenance and other services is recognized as the services are rendered.  Deferred revenue includes payments for monitoring services to be provided in future periods.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC Topic 740,  Income Taxes (“FASB ASC Topic 740”), which prescribes an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all expected future events other than proposed changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

FASB ASC Topic 740 specifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  In instances where the Company has taken or expects to take a tax position in its tax return and the Company believes it is more likely than not that such tax position will be upheld by the relevant taxing authority, the Company records the benefits of such tax position in its consolidated financial statements.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based awards pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”), which requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments (such as stock options and restricted stock) based on the grant-date fair value of the award, and to recognize that cost over the period during which the employee is required to provide service (usually the vesting period of the award).

 

The grant-date fair value of the Ascent Capital stock options granted to the Company’s employees was calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The expected term of the awards was calculated using the simplified method included in FASB ASC Topic 718. The volatility used in the calculation is based on the historical volatility of peer companies and the risk-free rate is based on Treasury Bonds with a term similar to that of the subject options.  A dividend rate of zero was utilized for all granted stock options.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share — Series A and Series B

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Series A and Series B common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the sum of the weighted average number of Series A and Series B common shares outstanding and the effect of dilutive securities such as outstanding stock options and unvested restricted stock.  For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, diluted EPS is computed the same as basic EPS since the Company recorded a loss from continuing operations, which would make potentially dilutive securities related to vested stock options antidilutive.  Diluted shares outstanding excluded 1,170,425 stock options, unvested restricted shares and rights to acquire restricted shares for the year ended December 31, 2012 because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.  Diluted shares outstanding excluded 717,354 and 678,759 stock options and unvested restricted shares for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average Series A and Series B shares

 

14,026,102

 

14,195,834

 

14,200,417

 

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses for each reporting period.  The significant estimates made in preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements primarily relate to valuation of goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived assets, deferred tax assets, derivative financial instruments, and the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts. These estimates are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjusts them when facts and circumstances change. As the effects of future events cannot be determined with any certainty, actual results could differ from the estimates upon which the carrying values were based.

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, net cash received (paid) for income taxes was $(2,048,000), $9,060,000 and $18,738,000, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, net cash received (paid) for interest was $(52,327,000), $(24,559,000), and $966,000, respectively.

 

(3)  Accounting Pronouncements

 

There were no new accounting pronouncements issued during the year ended December 31, 2012 that are expected to have a material impact on the Company.

 

(4)  Correction of Immaterial Error

 

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company identified an error related to uncertain tax positions resulting in an understatement of income tax expense from discontinued operations and liabilities related to discontinued operations for the quarter ended December 31, 2010.  Management considered both the quantitative and qualitative factors within the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality , and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements .  Based on evaluation of the error, management has concluded that the prior period error was immaterial to the previously issued financial statements. As such, management has elected to correct the identified error in the prior period.  In doing so, balances in the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K have been adjusted to reflect the correction in the proper periods.  Future filings that include prior periods will be corrected, as needed, when filed.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The effect of recording the immaterial correction in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

As Reported

 

As Revised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

$

7,101

 

16,001

 

Total current liabilities

 

114,313

 

123,213

 

Total liabilities

 

1,065,632

 

1,074,532

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(896,710

)

(905,610

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

560,327

 

551,427

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

As Reported

 

As Revised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

$

(917,347

)

(926,247

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

547,740

 

538,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit from discontinued operations

 

7,084

 

(1,816

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

(4,993

)

(13,893

)

Net income (loss)

 

(38,494

)

(47,394

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

(37,690

)

(46,590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

$

(0.35

)

(0.98

)

Net income (loss)

 

(2.71

)

(3.34

)

 

(5)  Monitronics Acquisition

 

The cash consideration paid by Ascent Capital for the Monitronics Acquisition was approximately $397,088,000.  The consideration was funded by a $60,000,000 term loan, a draw of $45,000,000 on an $115,000,000 revolving credit facility and cash on hand.  The goodwill of $349,227,000 recorded in the acquisition reflects the value to Ascent Capital of Monitronics’ recurring revenue and cash flow streams and its unique business strategy of partnering with independent dealers to obtain customers.  The goodwill balance is not deductible for tax purposes.  Ascent Capital’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 include the operations of Monitronics from the date of acquisition, December 17, 2010.

 

(6)  Dispositions

 

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of Ascent Capital have been prepared reflecting the following businesses as discontinued operations for all years presented in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 205, Presentation of Financial Statements .  These businesses were operated by our wholly-owned subsidiary Ascent Media Group, LLC (“AMG”).  AMG was primarily engaged in the business of providing content distribution and creative services to the media and entertainment industries.  The businesses of AMG were organized into two operating segments: businesses that provide content management and delivery services (“Content Services”), and businesses that provide creative services (“Creative Services”). The Content Services segment was in turn divided into three business units: (i) the content distribution business unit (“Content Distribution”), (ii) the media management services business unit (“Media Services”) and (iii) the systems integration business unit (“Systems Integration” or “SI”).

 

In June 2011, the Company shut down the operations of the Systems Integration business.  In connection with ceasing its operations, the Company recorded exit costs of $1,119,000 related to employee severance for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

On February 28, 2011, Ascent Capital completed the sale of 100% of the Content Distribution business to Encompass Digital Media, Inc. (“Encompass”).  Ascent Capital received cash proceeds of approximately $104,000,000 and recorded a pre-tax gain of $66,136,000 and $6,716,000 of related income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

On December 31, 2010, pursuant to a definitive agreement with Deluxe Entertainment Services Group Inc. (“Deluxe”), dated November 24, 2010, Ascent Capital completed the sale of its Creative Services operating segment and Media Services business unit (which is referred to collectively as “Creative/Media”).  In connection with the sale, the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $69,000,000 and recorded a pre-tax loss of $27,110,000 and $7,587,000 of related income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

In September 2010, the Company shut down the operations of the Global Media Exchange (“GMX”), which was previously included in the Content Services group.  Ascent Capital recorded a charge of $1,838,000 related to asset retirements and severance costs in connection with the shutdown for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

In February 2010, the Company completed the sale of the assets and operations of the Chiswick Park facility in the United Kingdom, which was previously included in the Content Services group, to Discovery Communications, Inc.  In connection with the sale, the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $34,800,000 and recorded a pre-tax gain of $25,498,000 and $3,423,000 of related income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

The following table presents the results of operations of the discontinued operations that are included in Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

24,183

 

426,295

 

Income (loss) before income taxes (a)

 

$

(3,742

)

48,836

 

(12,077

)

 


(a)  The 2011 amount includes a gain on the sale of the Content Distribution business of approximately $66,136,000 and a charge of $1,119,000 related to the shutdown of the Systems Integration business.  The 2010 amount includes the pre-tax loss on the sale of the Creative/Media businesses of $27,110,000, a pre-tax gain on the sale of the Chiswick Park facility of $25,498,000 and a charge of $1,838,000 related to the shutdown of the GMX business.

 

(7)  Investments in Marketable Securities

 

The Company currently holds marketable securities consisting primarily of diversified corporate bond funds.  The following table presents the activity of these investments, which were classified as available-for-sale securities (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

40,377

 

 

Purchases

 

99,667

 

40,253

 

Sales (at cost)

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss)

 

2,543

 

124

 

Ending Balance

 

$

142,587

 

40,377

 

 

The following table presents the net after-tax unrealized and realized gains on the investment in marketable securities that were recorded into Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet and in Other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance

 

$

124

 

 

Unrealized gains, net of tax of $0

 

2,543

 

124

 

Ending Balance

 

$

2,667

 

124

 

 

(8)  Assets Held for Sale

 

During the third quarter of 2012, the Company reclassified $11,892,000 of land and building property as Assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet.  In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company completed a sale of certain assets held for sale with a carrying value of $2,995,000, resulting in a gain on disposition of approximately $7,374,000.  In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded an impairment of certain assets held for sale of $1,692,000.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has $7,205,000 of classified assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet.  The Company expects to complete the sale of these properties during the next twelve months.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

(9)  Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consist of the following (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

23,170

 

34,896

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

35,206

 

54,575

 

Machinery and equipment

 

28,685

 

22,763

 

 

 

87,061

 

112,234

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(30,570

)

(37,537

)

 

 

$

56,491

 

74,697

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $8,404,000, $7,052,000 and $3,067,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(10)  Goodwill

 

The following table provides the activity and balances of goodwill in the Monitronics business group (amounts in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

349,227

 

Period activity

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

349,227

 

Period activity

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

349,227

 

 

In connection with the Company’s 2012 annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company did not record an impairment loss related to goodwill as the estimated fair value the Company’s reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the underlying assets.

 

(11)  Other Accrued Liabilities

 

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest payable

 

$

9,624

 

2,847

 

Income taxes payable

 

2,388

 

2,215

 

Legal accrual

 

9,785

 

9,316

 

Other

 

5,384

 

4,622

 

Total other accrued liabilities

 

$

27,181

 

19,000

 

 

49



Table of Contents

 

(12)  Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt, which is all issued by Monitronics, consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.125% Senior Notes due April 1, 2020

 

$

410,000

 

 

Term loans, mature March 23, 2018, LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%

 

685,583

 

 

$150 million revolving credit facility, matures March 23, 2017, LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%

 

12,800

 

 

Class A-1a Term Notes due July, 2027, LIBOR plus 1.8% (a)

 

 

 

345,577

 

Class A-1b Term Notes due July, 2027, LIBOR plus 1.7% (a)

 

 

98,676

 

Class A-2 Term Notes due July, 2037, LIBOR plus 2.2% (a)

 

 

98,978

 

Class A-3 Variable Funding Note due July, 2037, LIBOR plus 1.8% (a)

 

 

256,558

 

Class A-4 Variable Funding Note due July, 2037, LIBOR plus 1.8% (a)

 

 

27,629

 

Term Loan due June 30, 2012 (a) (b)

 

 

60,000

 

$115 million revolving credit facility, matures December 17, 2013, LIBOR plus 4.5% (a)

 

 

65,300

 

 

 

1,108,383

 

952,718

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

 

(6,950

)

(60,000

)

Long-term debt

 

$

1,101,433

 

892,718

 

 


(a)          These facilities were repaid in full in conjunction with the March 23, 2012 debt refinancing.

(b)          The interest rate on the term loan was LIBOR plus 3.5% until July 1, 2011, then LIBOR plus 4.0% until January 1, 2012, and LIBOR plus 4.5% thereafter.

 

Senior Notes

 

On March 23, 2012, Monitronics closed on a $410,000,000 privately placed debt offering of 9.125% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”).  The Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2020 and bear interest at 9.125% per annum.  Interest payments are due semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on October 1, 2012.  In August 2012, Monitronics completed an exchange of the Senior Notes for identical securities in a registered offering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The Senior Notes are guaranteed by all of Monitronics’ existing subsidiaries.  Ascent Capital has not guaranteed any of Monitronics’ obligations under the Senior Notes.

 

Credit Facility

 

On March 23, 2012, Monitronics entered into a new senior secured credit facility with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, which provided a $550,000,000 term loan at a 1% discount and a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility (the “Existing Credit Agreement”).  Proceeds from the Existing Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used to retire all outstanding borrowings under Monitronics’ former credit facility, securitization debt, and to settle all related derivative contracts.

 

On November 7, 2012, Monitronics entered into an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”), which provided an incremental term loan with an aggregate principal amount of $145,000,000 (the Amendment together with the Existing Credit Agreement, the “Credit Facility”).  The incremental term loan was used to fund the acquisition of approximately 93,000 subscriber accounts which were acquired for a purchase price of approximately $131,000,000.

 

The Credit Facility term loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and mature on March 23, 2018.  Principal payments of $1,737,500 and interest on the term loans are due quarterly.  The Credit Facility revolver bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and matures on March 23, 2017.  There is an annual commitment fee of 0.50% on unused portions of the Credit Facility revolver.  As of December 31, 2012, $137,200,000 is available for borrowing under the Credit Facility revolver.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

At any time after the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Facility, the lenders may, among other options, declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable and terminate any commitment to make further loans under the Credit Facility.  In addition, failure to comply with restrictions contained in the Senior Notes indebtedness could lead to an event of default under the Credit Facility.

 

The Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of all of the outstanding stock of Monitronics and all of its existing subsidiaries and is guaranteed by all of Monitronics’ existing subsidiaries.  Ascent Capital has not guaranteed any of Monitronics’ obligations under the Credit Facility.

 

As a result of the March 2012 refinancing, the Company accelerated amortization of the securitization debt premium and certain deferred financing costs related to the former senior secured credit facility, and expensed certain other refinancing costs. The components of the Refinancing expense, reflected in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as a component of Other income (expense), are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated amortization of deferred financing costs

 

$

389

 

Accelerated amortization of securitization debt discount

 

6,679

 

Other refinancing costs

 

7,628

 

Gain on early termination of derivative instruments

 

(8,451

)

Total refinancing expenses

 

$

6,245

 

 

In 2012, Monitronics entered into two interest rate swap agreements, with terms similar to the Credit Facility term loans, in an aggregate notional amount of $694,637,500, in order to reduce the financial risk related to changes in interest rates associated with the floating rate term loans under the Credit Facility (the “Swaps”).  The Swaps have a maturity date of March 23, 2018 to match the term of the Credit Facility term loans.  The notional amount of the Swaps will decrease over time matching the scheduled minimum principal payments of the term loans.  The Swaps have been designated as effective hedges of the Company’s variable rate debt and qualify for hedge accounting.  See note 13, Derivatives, for further disclosures related to derivative instruments.  As a result of the Swaps, the interest rate on the borrowings under the Credit Facility term loans have been effectively converted from a variable to fixed rate.  On March 23, 2012, in connection with the refinancing, Monitronics terminated its previously outstanding interest rate agreements, which did not qualify for hedge accounting, resulting in a gain of $8,451,000.

 

In 2012, the Company recorded deferred financing costs of $21,676,000 related to the Senior Notes and Credit Facility, which are included in Other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, and will be amortized over the term of the new respective debt instrument using the effective-interest method.

 

Principal payments scheduled to be made on Monitronics’ debt obligations, including short term borrowings, are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

2013

 

$

6,950

 

2014

 

6,950

 

2015

 

6,950

 

2016

 

6,950

 

2017

 

19,750

 

2018

 

655,763

 

Thereafter

 

410,000

 

Total principal payments

 

1,113,313

 

Less: Discount

 

(4,930

)

Total debt on balance sheet

 

$

1,108,383

 

 

The terms of the Senior Notes and Credit Facility provide for certain financial and nonfinancial covenants.  As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics was in compliance with all required covenants.

 

(13)  Derivatives

 

The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Monitronics’ variable rate debt obligations.  The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis

 

51



Table of Contents

 

on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatility. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements.  See note 14, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information about the credit valuation adjustments.

 

At December 31, 2012, derivative financial instruments include an interest rate swap with a fair value of $116,000, that constitutes an asset of the Company, and an interest rate swap with a fair value of $12,359,000, that constitutes a liability of the Company.  The Swaps are included in Other Assets, net and Derivative financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheet.  The Swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments, with the effective portion of the Swaps’ change in fair value recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”).  The Swaps of variable rate interest are deemed to be highly effective hedges, and resulted in no gain or loss recorded for hedge ineffectiveness in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Amounts in OCI are reclassified in interest expense when the hedged interest payments on the underlying debt are recognized.  Amounts of OCI relating to the Swaps expected to be recognized in interest expense in the coming 12 months total $4,817,000.

 

At December 31, 2011, derivative financial instruments include one interest rate cap with a fair value of $25,000, that constitutes an asset of the Company, an interest rate floor with a fair value of $19,320,000 that constitutes a liability of the Company, and three interest rate swaps (“2011 Swaps”) with an aggregate fair value of $16,959,000 that constitute liabilities of the Company.  The interest rate cap is included in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheet, while the interest rate floor and 2011 Swaps are included in Derivative financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheet.  The interest rate cap, floor and 2011 Swaps were not designated as hedges.  The derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2011 were also outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

 

The objective of the swap derivative instruments was to reduce the risk associated with the Company’s term loan variable interest rates.  In effect, the swap derivative instruments convert variable interest rates into fixed interest rates on the Company’s term loan borrowings.  It is the Company’s policy to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement.  As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no such amounts were offset.

 

The details of the Company’s swap derivative instruments are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2012 (a)

 

Notional

 

Effective Date

 

Rate Paid

 

Rate Received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

545,875,000

 

March 23, 2012

 

2.055

%

3 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA , subject to a 1.25% floor

 

144,637,500

 

December 31, 2012

 

1.555

%

3 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA , subject to a 1.25% floor

 

 


(a)          The Swaps are each held with a different counterparty and both have a maturity date of March 23, 2018 to match the term of the Credit Facility term loans.

 

As of December 31, 2011 (b)

 

Notional

 

Effective Date

 

Rate Paid

 

Rate Received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

350,000,000

 

August 8, 2007

 

6.56

%

1 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA plus 0.85%

 

100,000,000

 

August 8, 2007

 

6.06

%

1 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA plus 0.75%

 

100,000,000

 

August 8, 2007

 

6.64

%

1 mo. USD-LIBOR-BBA plus 1.25%

 

 


(b)          The 2011 Swaps were held with a single counterparty.  These swaps were terminated on March 23, 2012.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

The impact of the Swaps on the consolidated financial statements is depicted below (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in
Other comprehensive
income (loss)

 

Gain (loss)
recognized in
Net income (loss) (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative designated as cash flow hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

$

(15,715

)

(3,472

)

 


(a)          Amount represents reclassification from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

 

On March 23, 2012, in connection with the refinancing, the Company terminated all of its previously outstanding derivative financial instruments and recorded a gain of $8,451,000.  The previously outstanding derivative financial instruments were not designated as hedges.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments includes settlement payments of $8,837,000 partially offset by a $6,793,000 unrealized gain related to the change in the fair value of these derivatives prior to their termination in March 2012.

 

For year ended December 31, 2011, the realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statements of operations includes settlement payments of $38,645,000 partially offset by a $28,044,000 unrealized gain related to the change in the fair value of these derivatives.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, the realized and unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statements of operations includes settlement payments of $1,504,000 and a $178,000 unrealized loss related to the change in the fair value of these derivatives.

 

(14) Fair Value Measurements

 

According to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, fair value is defined as the amount that would be received for selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants and requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in the following three categories:

 

·                   Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

·                   Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active or inactive markets and valuations derived from models where all significant inputs are observable in active markets.

·                   Level 3 - Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in any market.

 

The following summarizes the fair value level of assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at December 31 (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds (a)

 

$

2,705

 

 

 

2,705

 

Investments in marketable securities (b)

 

142,587

 

 

 

142,587

 

Derivative financial instruments - assets

 

 

116

 

 

116

 

Derivative financial instruments - liabilities

 

 

(12,359

)

 

(12,359

)

Total

 

$

145,292

 

(12,243

)

 

133,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds (a)

 

$

168,622

 

 

 

168,622

 

Investments in marketable securities (b)

 

40,377

 

 

 

40,377

 

Derivative financial instruments - assets

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

Derivative financial instruments - liabilities

 

 

(19,320

)

(16,959

)

(36,279

)

Total

 

$

208,999

 

(19,295

)

(16,959

)

172,745

 

 


(a)          Included in Cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

(b)          Investments primarily consist of diversified corporate bond funds and are all classified as available-for-sale securities.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value the Swaps fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  The credit valuation adjustments associated with the derivative utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by its counterparties.  As the counterparties have publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third-party credit data provider.  However, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of the Swaps.  As a result, the Company has determined that the December 31, 2012 derivative valuation is classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

For derivative financial instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2011, the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate caps and floor derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value the 2011 Swaps fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  The credit valuation adjustments associated with derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2011 also utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by its counterparties.  For counterparties with publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third-party credit data provider.  However, as of December 31, 2011, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its interest rate caps and floor derivatives, but are significant for the 2011 Swaps.  As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations on its interest rate caps and floor are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and its derivative valuation on the 2011 Swaps are classified in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy.

 

The following table presents the activity in the Level 3 balances (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Derivative financial instruments — liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

(16,959

)

$

(42,935

)

Unrealized gain

 

16,959

 

25,976

 

Ending balance

 

$

 

$

(16,959

)

 

The carrying value and fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is $1,108,383,000 and $1,130,978,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2012.  The fair value is based on valuations from third party financial institutions.

 

The Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value because of their short-term maturity.

 

(15)  Restructuring Charges

 

There were no restructuring charges recorded in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.  During 2011 and 2010, the Company completed certain restructuring activities and recorded charges of $4,258,000 and $4,604,000, respectively.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began a new restructuring plan (the “2010 Restructuring Plan”) in conjunction with the expected sales of the Creative/Media and Content Distribution businesses.  The 2010 Restructuring Plan was implemented to meet the changing strategic needs of the Company, as it sold most of its media and entertainment assets and acquired Monitronics, an alarm monitoring business.  Such charges include retention costs for employees to remain employed until the sales were complete, severance costs for certain employees and costs for facilities that were no longer being used by the Company due to the Creative/Media and Content Distribution sales.

 

Before the Company implemented the 2010 Restructuring Plan, it had just completed a restructuring plan that was implemented in 2008 (the “2008 Restructuring Plan”).  The 2008 Restructuring Plan was implemented to align the Company’s organization with its strategic goals and how it operated, managed and sold its services.  The 2008 Restructuring Plan charges included severance costs from labor cost mitigation measures undertaken across all of the businesses and facility costs in conjunction with the consolidation of certain facilities in the United Kingdom and the closing of the Company’s Mexico operations.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides the activity and balances of the 2010 Restructuring Plan and 2008 Restructuring Plan (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

1,886

 

 

(1,886

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess facility costs

 

$

236

 

 

(95

)

141

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

3,590

 

4,186

 

(5,890

)

1,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$

9

 

 

(9

)

 

Excess facility costs

 

211

 

72

 

(47

)

236

 

Total

 

$

220

 

72

 

(56

)

236

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

Additions

 

Deductions (a)

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

 

3,994

 

(404

)

3,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

$

221

 

477

 

(689

)

9

 

Excess facility costs

 

93

 

133

 

(15

)

211

 

Total

 

$

314

 

610

 

(704

)

220

 

 


(a)    Primarily represents cash payments.

 

(16)  Income Taxes

 

Components of pretax loss from continuing operations by jurisdiction are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

(21,984

)

(20,437

)

(22,643

)

Foreign

 

320

 

(5,258

)

(10,588

)

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

$

(21,664

)

(25,695

)

(33,231

)

 

55



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s income tax benefit (expense) from continuing operations is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

89

 

350

 

(1,594

)

State

 

(2,307

)

(2,405

)

(200

)

Foreign

 

63

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

(2,155

)

(2,055

)

(487

)

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(405

)

(380

)

(233

)

State

 

(8

)

(22

)

908

 

Foreign

 

(23

)

 

(458

)

 

 

(436

)

(402

)

217

 

Total income tax expense from continuing operations

 

$

(2,591

)

(2,457

)

(270

)

 

Total income tax expense from continuing operations differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% as a result of the following (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed expected tax benefit

 

$

7,582

 

8,993

 

11,631

 

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

(1,505

)

(1,578

)

3,548

 

Change in valuation allowance affecting income tax expense

 

(8,527

)

(7,484

)

(9,756

)

Income (expense) not resulting in tax impact

 

135

 

(547

)

(4,331

)

Other, net

 

(276

)

(1,841

)

(1,362

)

Income tax expense

 

$

(2,591

)

(2,457

)

(270

)

 

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable reserves

 

$

675

 

879

 

Accrued liabilities

 

9,490

 

8,796

 

Other

 

592

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

 

10,757

 

9,675

 

Valuation allowance

 

(5,106

)

(2,141

)

 

 

5,651

 

7,534

 

Noncurrent assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

102,234

 

76,478

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

4,308

 

12,718

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

9,056

 

Other

 

4,792

 

8,523

 

Total noncurrent deferred tax assets

 

111,334

 

106,775

 

Valuation allowance

 

(48,002

)

(27,107

)

 

 

63,332

 

79,668

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

68,983

 

87,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(1,871

)

(1,653

)

Noncurrent liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

(70,634

)

(84,290

)

Long-term debt

 

 

(3,686

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(885

)

(1,485

)

 

 

(71,519

)

(89,461

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(73,390

)

(91,114

)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

(4,407

)

(3,912

)

 

56



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deferred income tax assets, net

 

$

3,780

 

5,881

 

Long-term deferred income tax liabilities, net

 

(8,187

)

(9,793

)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

(4,407

)

(3,912

)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the valuation allowance increased by $23,860,000.  The change in the valuation allowance includes an increase of $8,527,000 related to income tax expense, an increase of $4,308,000 related to a reduction of deferred income tax benefits in other comprehensive income and an increase of $11,025,000 related to other adjustments to deferred taxes.

 

The excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options, restricted stock grants, and disqualifying dispositions of both incentive stock option stock and stock acquired from the Company’s incentive plans, for 2012 and 2011 in the amount of $2,592,000 and $2,103,000, respectively, did not reduce current income taxes payable and, accordingly, are not included in the deferred tax asset relating to net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, but are included with the federal and state NOL carryforwards disclosed in this footnote.

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company has $288,832,000, $41,157,000 and $75,517,000 in net operating loss carryforwards for federal, California and other state tax purposes, respectively.  The net operating losses expire at various times from 2024 through 2032.  Approximately $84,000,000 of the Company’s net operating losses are subject to IRC Section 382 limitations.  The Company has $1,064,000 of federal income tax credits, of which $638,000 will expire in 2018.  The Company also has $1,098,000 of state credits that will expire through year 2026.

 

During the first quarter of 2008, Liberty Media Corporation (“Liberty”) reached an agreement with the IRS with respect to certain tax items that related to periods prior to DHC’s spin off from Liberty in July 2005 (the “2005 Spin Off”). The IRS agreement resulted in a reduction of $5,370,000 of a federal net operating loss (“NOL”) that Liberty allocated to the Company (which was a subsidiary of DHC at the time of the 2005 Spin Off). The reduction in the Company’s federal NOLs resulted in a first quarter 2008 tax expense of $1,880,000 (35% of $5,370,000).  During the fourth quarter of 2008, Liberty closed its IRS audit for tax years through 2005, with no further adjustments affecting the Company.  At December 31, 2008, Ascent Capital had fully utilized its federal net operating losses against its continuing and discontinued operations.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, Liberty amended certain federal income tax returns which resulted in a reduction of $7,138,000 to the amount of federal NOL allocated to the Company.  This resulted in a tax expense of $2,500,000 in the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s income tax returns for the periods of September 18, 2008 through December 31, 2011, as well as the periods July 21, 2005 through September 17, 2008, when the Company was included in the consolidated income tax returns of DHC, remain subject to examination by the IRS and state authorities.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions, which is recorded in other long term liabilities, is as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

As of the beginning of the year

 

$

280

 

292

 

304

 

Increase related to acquisitions

 

 

 

116

 

Increases for the tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

73

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(163

)

 

(190

)

Foreign currency exchange adjustments

 

 

(12

)

(11

)

As of the end of the year

 

$

117

 

280

 

292

 

 

When the tax law requires interest to be paid on an underpayment of income taxes, the Company recognizes interest expense from the first period the interest would begin accruing according to the relevant tax law. Such interest expense is included in Other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Any accrual of penalties related to underpayment of income taxes on uncertain tax positions is included in Other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were not significant.  The Company does not expect a significant change in uncertain tax positions in the next twelve months.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s 2008 and 2009 federal income tax returns are under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the Company believes that the results of the examination will not materially affect its financial position or result of operations.  The Company’s state income tax returns subsequent to 2007 are subject to examination by state tax authorities. The Company’s foreign tax returns subsequent to 2009 are open for review by the foreign tax authorities.

 

Federal and state taxes have not been recognized on accumulated but undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries as such earnings have been permanently reinvested in the business.  Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these undistributed earnings, if any, is not practicable.  In the event that any foreign unrecognized deferred tax liability is to be recognized, the additional federal and state income tax expense would not be significant.

 

(17)  Stock-based and Long-Term Compensation

 

2006 Ascent Capital Group Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

AMG had made awards to certain employees under its 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, (the “2006 Plan”).  The 2006 Plan provided the terms and conditions for the grant of, and payment with respect to, Phantom Appreciation Rights (“PARs”) granted to certain officers and other key personnel of AMG and its subsidiaries.  The value of a single PAR (“PAR Value”) was equal to the positive amount (if any) by which (a) the sum of (i) 6% of cumulative free cash flow (as defined in the 2006 Plan) over a period of up to six years, divided by 500,000; plus (ii) the calculated value of AMG, based on a formula set forth in the 2006 Plan, divided by 10,000,000; exceeds (b) a baseline value determined at the time of grant.  The 2006 Plan was administered by a committee whose members were designated by the board of directors and grants were determined by the committee.  The maximum number of PARs that may be granted under the 2006 Plan was 500,000.  The PARs vest quarterly over a three year period beginning on the grant date, and vested PARs were payable on March 31, 2012 (or, if earlier, on the six-month anniversary of a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason other than cause) in either cash or stock at the committee’s discretion.  The Company recorded a liability and a charge to expense based on the PAR Value and percent vested at each reporting period.

 

During fiscal year 2010, the Company granted 122,000 PARs to certain key personnel of AMG and its subsidiaries, resulting in 267,000 outstanding PARs.  At December 31, 2010, in connection with the sale of the Creative/Media business, all current AMG employees vested in 100% of their PARs and those shares were deemed to be exercised at December 31, 2010.  Cash distributions under the 2006 Plan were made to all active participants under which the employees grant date PAR value exceeded the PAR value as computed at December 31, 2010.  The Company recorded a liability and a charge to selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal year 2010 of $1,034,000 related to this distribution.

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan

 

The Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “2008 incentive plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2008.  The 2008 incentive plan is designed to provide additional compensation to certain employees and independent contractors for services rendered, to encourage their investment in Ascent Capital’s capital stock and to attract persons of exceptional ability to become officers and employees.  The number of individuals who receive awards under the 2008 incentive plan will vary from year to year and is not predictable.  Awards may be granted as non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, stock units, cash awards, performance awards or any combination of the foregoing (collectively, “awards”).  The maximum number of shares of Ascent Capital’s common stock with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2008 incentive plan is 2,000,000, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustment provisions of the incentive plan.  The base or exercise price of a stock option or stock appreciation right may not be less than fair market value on the day it is granted.

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan

 

The Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (the “2008 director incentive plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on September 15, 2008.  The 2008 director incentive plan is designed to provide additional compensation to the non-employee Board of Director members for services rendered and to encourage their investment in Ascent Capital’s capital stock.  Awards may be granted as non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, stock units, cash awards, performance awards or any combination of the foregoing (collectively, “awards”).  The maximum number of shares of Ascent Capital’s common stock with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2008 director incentive plan is 500,000, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustment provisions of the incentive plan.  The base or exercise price of a stock option or stock appreciation right may not be less than fair market value on the day it is granted.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Grants of Stock-based Awards

 

2012

 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, certain employees were granted a total of 392,157 options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $61.22 per share.  Such options vest over a period of five years, terminate in the fourth quarter of 2019, and had a weighted average fair value at the date of grant of $22.21 per option, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model.  The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes Model to determine grant date fair value were a volatility factor of 39%, a weighted average risk-free interest rate of 0.64%, an expected life of approximately five years, and a dividend yield of zero.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, certain employees were granted awards for a total of 122,633 restricted stock of Ascent Capital’s Series A common stock, vesting over a period of five years.  The fair values for the restricted stock awards were the closing prices of Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the applicable dates of grant.  The weighted average fair value of the restricted stock on an aggregate basis for all such grants was $61.22 per share.  In addition, a right was granted to a certain key executive to receive 12,791 restricted shares of Ascent Capital’s Series A common stock on the first full trading day following the expiration of the Company’s regularly scheduled black-out period during the first quarter of 2013.  The right to acquire restricted stock grant had a fair value of $61.21, which was the fair value of the restricted stock on the applicable date of grant.  The restricted stock award will vest over a period of five years

 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, four non-employee directors were granted awards for a total of 6,423 restricted shares of Ascent Capital’s Series A common stock, vesting over a period of two years.  The fair values for the restricted stock awards were the closing prices of Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the applicable dates of grant.  The weighted average fair value of the restricted stock on an aggregate basis for all such grants was $61.48 per share

 

In the second quarter of 2012, certain employees were granted a total of 78,750 options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock at an exercise price of $50.47 per share.  Such options vest over a period of four years, terminate on June 30, 2019, and had a weighted average fair value at the date of grant of $19.96 per option, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model.  The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes Model to determine grant date fair value were a volatility factor of 45%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.76%, an expected life of approximately five years, and a dividend yield of zero.

 

In the second quarter of 2012, certain employees were granted awards for a total of 25,500 restricted shares of Ascent Capital’s Series A common stock, vesting over a period of four to five years.  The fair values for the restricted stock awards were the closing prices of Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the applicable dates of grant.  The weighted average fair value of the restricted stock on an aggregate basis for all such grants was $50.47 per share

 

2011

 

In the fourth quarter of 2011, five non-employee directors were granted a total of 31,312 options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock for an exercise price of $50.45 per share, which was the closing price on the date of grant.  Such options vest over a period of two years, terminate five years from the date of grant, and had a weighted-average fair value at the date of grant of $15.01 per share, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model.  The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes Model to determine grant date fair value were a volatility factor of 42%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.91%, an expected life of approximately 3 years, and a dividend yield of zero.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2011, a key employee was granted an award for a total of 9,029 shares of Ascent Capital Series B restricted stock that vest over a period of one year.  The fair value for the restricted stock award of $52.05 per share was based on the closing price of the Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the grant date.

 

In the third quarter of 2011, certain key employees were granted a total of 187,500 options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock at an exercise price of $48.00 per share, which was the closing price on the date of grant.  Such options vest over a period of four years and three months, terminate on December 31, 2017, and had a weighted-average fair value at the date of grant of $11.70 per share, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model.  The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes Model to determine grant date fair value were a volatility factor of 42%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.96%, an expected life of five years, and a dividend yield of zero.

 

In the third quarter of 2011, certain key employees were granted awards for a total of 56,250 shares of restricted stock that vest over a period of four years and three months.  The fair values for the restricted stock awards were the closing prices of the Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the applicable dates of grant.  The weighted average fair value of the restricted stock on an aggregate basis for all such grants was $39.32 per share.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

In the first quarter of 2011, certain key employees were granted awards for a total of 83,236 shares of restricted stock that vest quarterly over varying periods from one year to five years.  The fair values for the restricted stock awards were the closing prices of the Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the applicable dates of grant.  The weighted average fair value of the restricted stock on an aggregate basis for all such grants was $44.91 per share.

 

In the first quarter of 2011, four non-employee directors were granted a combined total of 9,168 shares of restricted stock awards that vest quarterly over two years.  The restricted stock had a fair value of $43.08 per share which was the closing price of the Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the date of grant.

 

In the first quarter of 2011, certain key employees were granted a total of 99,794 options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock at an exercise price of $48.15 per share, which was the closing price on the date of grant.  Such options vest quarterly over four to five years from the date of grant, terminate seven years from the date of grant and had a weighted-average fair value at the date of grant of $20.32 per share, as determined using the Black-Scholes Model.  The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes Model to determine grant date fair value were a volatility factor of 35%, a risk-free interest rate of 2.88%, an expected life of seven years and a dividend yield of zero.

 

2010

 

In the first quarter of 2010, certain key employees were granted a total of 12,766 shares of restricted stock awards that vest quarterly over one year.  The restricted stock had a fair value of $28.20 per share which was the closing price of the Ascent Capital Series A common stock on the date of grant.

 

Stock Options

 

The following table presents the number and weighted average exercise price (“WAEP”) of outstanding options to purchase Ascent Capital Series A common stock:

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

 

 

 

common stock

 

WAEP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

 

882,709

 

$

22.87

 

Granted

 

470,907

 

$

59.42

 

Exercised

 

(18,000

)

$

21.81

 

Forfeited

 

(27,000

)

$

48.00

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

1,308,616

 

$

41.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

 

523,542

 

$

25.16

 

 

The intrinsic value of outstanding stock option awards and exercisable stock option awards at December 31, 2012 was $26,686,000 and $19,258,000, respectively.  The weighted average remaining contractual life of both outstanding and exercisable awards at December 31, 2012 was 6.0 years and 5.7 years, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

The following table presents the number and weighted average fair value (“WAFV”) of unvested restricted stock awards.

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

WAFV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

 

144,222

 

9,029

 

$

39.34

 

Granted

 

154,556

 

 

$

59.45

 

Vested

 

(36,319

)

(9,029

)

$

49.19

 

Cancelled

 

(21,284

)

 

$

47.00

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

241,175

 

 

$

52.98

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the total compensation cost related to unvested equity awards was approximately $26,024,000.  Such amount will be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over a period of approximately 5 years.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

(18)   Stockholders’ Equity

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company’s preferred stock is issuable, from time to time, with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such preferred stock adopted by Ascent Capital’s Board of Directors.  As of December 31, 2012, no shares of preferred stock were issued.

 

Common Stock

 

Holders of Ascent Capital Series A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held, and holders of Ascent Capital Series B common stock are entitled to 10 votes for each share held.  Holders of Ascent Capital Series C common stock are not entitled to any voting powers, except as required by Delaware law.  As of December 31, 2012, 13,389,821 shares of Series A common stock were outstanding and 737,166 shares of Series B common stock were outstanding.  Each share of the Series B common stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of Series A common stock.  As of December 31, 2012, no shares of Ascent Capital Series C common stock were issued.

 

On June 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $25,000,000 of its Series A common stock.  During 2012, the Company repurchased 234,728 shares of its Series A common stock at an average purchase price of $54.87 per share, respectively, for a total of approximately $12,880,000 pursuant to this authorization.  During 2011, the Company repurchased 269,659 shares of its Series A common stock at an average purchase price of $42.60 per share for a total of approximately $11,488,000.  These shares were returned to authorized and unissued, reducing the number of shares outstanding.

 

The following table presents the activity in the Series A and Series B common stock:

 

 

 

Series A

 

Series B

 

 

 

common stock

 

common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

13,550,676

 

734,127

 

Conversion from Series B to Series A shares

 

528

 

(528

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

12,766

 

 

Restricted stock cancelled for tax withholding

 

(10,719

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

13,553,251

 

733,599

 

Conversion from Series B to Series A shares

 

2,734

 

(2,734

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

148,654

 

9,029

 

Restricted stock cancelled for tax withholding

 

(14,846

)

 

Repurchase and retirement of Series A shares

 

(269,659

)

 

 

Stock option exercises

 

51,460

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

13,471,594

 

739,894

 

Conversion from Series B to Series A shares

 

2,728

 

(2,728

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

154,556

 

 

Restricted stock cancelled for forfeitures and tax withholding

 

(21,284

)

 

Repurchase and retirement of Series A shares

 

(234,728

)

 

Stock option exercises

 

16,955

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

13,389,821

 

737,166

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, there were 1,308,616 shares of Ascent Capital Series A common stock reserved for issuance under exercise privileges of outstanding stock options.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss included in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity reflect the aggregate of foreign currency translation adjustments and pension adjustments.

 

The change in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, is summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments (a)

 

Unrealized
Holding
Gains, net
of income tax (b)

 

Unrealized
loss on derivative
instruments (c)

 

Pension
 Adjustments (c)

 

Accumulated
 Other
 Comprehensive
 Income (Loss)

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

(1,286

)

1,352

 

 

(3,683

)

(3,617

)

Other comprehensive income

 

4,026

 

(1,352

)

 

(1,870

)

804

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

2,740

 

 

 

(5,553

)

(2,813

)

Other comprehensive income

 

(2,950

)

124

 

 

863

 

(1,963

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

(210

)

124

 

 

(4,690

)

(4,776

)

Other comprehensive income

 

256

 

2,543

 

(12,243

)

4,690

 

(4,754

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

46

 

2,667

 

(12,243

)

 

(9,530

)

 


(a)          No income taxes were recorded on foreign currency translation amounts for 2012, 2011 and 2010 since the Company’s investment in foreign subsidiaries were essentially permanent in duration.

(b)          Net of income tax benefit of $978,000 for 2010.  No income taxes were recorded on the December 31, 2012 and 2011 unrealized holding gains because the Company is subject to a full valuation allowance.

(c)           No income taxes were recorded on the pension adjustment and unrealized loss on derivative instrument amounts for 2012, 2011 and 2010 because the Company is subject to a full valuation allowance.

 

(19)  Employee Benefit Plans

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company offers a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering most of its full-time domestic employees. The plan is funded by employee and employer contributions.  Total 401(k) plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $113,000, $128,000 and $417,000, respectively.

 

Management Incentive Plan and Discretionary Bonuses

 

Ascent, through its former subsidiary AMG, offered a Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) which provided for annual cash incentive awards based on company and individual performance.  Certain executive officers and certain employees with a title of divisional managing director, corporate director or higher were eligible to receive awards under the MIP, as determined by a management incentive plan compensation committee.  To the extent an award was earned, it is payable no later than two and one-half months following the end of the applicable plan year. Participants were required to be employed by AMG through the payment date to be eligible to receive the award. The forecasted award liability is accrued on a monthly basis throughout the plan year.  The Company also paid bonuses to certain employees at the discretion of management and the compensation committee.  For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, no MIP or discretionary bonus amounts were recorded.  For the year ended 2010, amounts recorded for MIP and discretionary bonuses were $318,000.  The liability recorded at December 31, 2010 was equivalent to the expense for that year.  The plan was terminated as of December 31, 2010.

 

Defined Benefit Plans

 

The Company had two defined benefit plans in the United Kingdom.  Participation in the defined benefit plans was limited with approximately 121 participants, including retired employees.  The plans were closed to new participants.  On September 3, 2012 (the “Settlement Date”), the Company completed the settlement of its outstanding liabilities under the defined benefit plans by means of a buy-out policy.  The Company measured the plans on the Settlement Date to calculate the settlement loss.

 

The settlement was funded by the plan assets and restricted cash held in an escrow.  The Company recognized a settlement loss of $6,571,000 in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The settlement loss was primarily the result of the reclassification of $4,320,000 of deferred pension costs included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of the Settlement Date into earnings.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The obligations and funded status of the defined benefit plans for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change in Benefit Obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation — beginning of period

 

$

14,762

 

12,357

 

Service cost

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

296

 

529

 

Actuarial loss

 

69

 

2,415

 

Settlements

 

(15,226

)

(93

)

Benefits paid

 

(293

)

(413

)

Member contributions

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

 

392

 

(33

)

Benefit Obligation — end of period

 

 

14,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value of plan assets — beginning of period

 

16,242

 

8,491

 

Actual return on assets

 

504

 

3,173

 

Settlements

 

(16,885

)

(97

)

Employer contributions

 

 

5,098

 

Member contributions

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(293

)

(413

)

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

 

432

 

(10

)

Fair Value of plan assets — end of period

 

 

16,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded (Unfunded) Status

 

$

 

1,480

 

 

The Company had recorded the 2011 funded balance in the table above in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The following table sets forth the average assumptions used to determine pension cost and the asset category allocations of the defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

3.00

%

4.20

%

Long-term return on plan assets

 

3.00

%

4.20

%

Price inflation

 

3.10

%

3.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category Allocations:

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

n/a

 

7

%

Equity securities

 

n/a

 

0

%

Other

 

n/a

 

93

%

 

The amount of pension cost, excluding the settlement loss, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

 

 

68

 

Interest cost

 

296

 

529

 

543

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(332

)

(472

)

(411

)

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

267

 

531

 

373

 

 

 

$

231

 

588

 

573

 

 

63



Table of Contents

 

The Company employed a mix of investments, insurance policies and cash at a prudent level of risk in order to maximize the long-term return on plan assets.  The investment objectives were to meet the future benefit obligations of the pension plans and to reduce funding volatility as much as possible.

 

As the plans were settled in the third quarter of 2012, there were no plan assets as of December 31, 2012.

 

The fair values of the plan assets as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

64

 

 

 

64

 

Pooled investment funds

 

1,164

 

 

 

1,164

 

Insurance policies

 

 

15,014

 

 

15,014

 

Total

 

$

1,228

 

15,014

 

 

16,242

 

 

(20)  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Future minimum lease payments under scheduled operating leases, which are primarily for buildings, equipment and real estate, having initial or remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31:

 

 

 

2013

 

$

4,683

 

2014

 

4,740

 

2015

 

3,732

 

2016

 

3,179

 

2017

 

202

 

Thereafter

 

2,939

 

Sublease income

 

(13,984

)

Minimum lease commitments

 

$

5,491

 

 

Rent expense for noncancelable operating leases for real property and equipment was $2,051,000, $2,261,000 and $825,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Various lease arrangements contain options to extend terms and are subject to escalation clauses.

 

Indemnifications

 

On September 17, 2008 (“Spin-Off Date”), Ascent Capital was spun off from DHC as effected by a distribution of Ascent Capital Series A and Series B common stock holders of DHC Series A and Series B common stock (the “Spin-Off”).  In connection with the Spin-Off, Ascent Capital and DHC entered into certain agreements in order to govern certain ongoing relationships between Ascent Capital and DHC after the Spin-Off and to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition.  These agreements included a tax sharing agreement.  Pursuant to the tax sharing agreement with DHC, Ascent Capital is responsible for all taxes attributable to it or any of its subsidiaries, whether accruing before, on or after the Spin-Off Date.  The Company is responsible for and indemnifies DHC with respect to (i) certain taxes attributable to DHC or any of its subsidiaries (other than Discovery Communications, LLC) and (ii) all taxes arising as a result of the Spin-Off.  The indemnification obligations under the tax sharing agreement are not limited in amount or subject to any cap.  Also, pursuant to the reorganization agreement it entered into with DHC in connection with the Spin-Off, the Company assumed certain indemnification obligations designed to make it financially responsible for substantially all non-tax liabilities that may exist relating to the business of AMG, whether incurred prior to or after the Spin-Off, as well as certain obligations of DHC.  The Company does not expect to incur any material obligations under such indemnification provisions.

 

The purchase and sale agreement with Deluxe, relating to the disposition of the Creative/Media business, contains customary indemnification obligations of each party with respect to breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and certain other specified matters, including any amounts that may become due with respect to certain pre-closing obligations of the Company relating to the Creative/Media business for which the Company has agreed to indemnify the buyer.  Indemnification obligations with respect to losses resulting from breaches of any representations or warranties are generally subject to a deductible basket of $1,000,000 and a cap of $10,500,000, subject to specified exceptions.  Pursuant to the agreement, the Company had deposited $7,000,000 in escrow to satisfy potential indemnification claims under the agreement.  These funds were released to the Company on December 31, 2012.  The Company does not expect to incur any material obligations under such indemnification provisions.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

The purchase and sale agreement with Encompass, dated December 2, 2010, relating to the disposition of the Content Distribution business contains customary indemnification obligations of each party with respect to breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and certain other specified matters, including any amounts that may become due with respect to certain pre-closing obligations of the Company relating to the Content Distribution business for which the Company has agreed to indemnify the buyer.  Indemnification obligations with respect to losses resulting from breaches of any representations or warranties are generally subject to a deductible basket of approximately $1,600,000 and a cap of approximately $19,400,000, subject to specified exceptions.  The Company does not expect to incur any material obligations under such indemnification provisions.

 

Legal

 

The Company is involved in litigation and similar claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Matters that are probable of unfavorable outcome to the Company and which can be reasonably estimated are accrued. Such accruals are based on information known about the matters, management’s estimate of the outcomes of such matters and experience in contesting, litigating and settling similar matters.  In management’s opinion, none of the pending actions is likely to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.  The Company accrues and expenses legal fees related to loss contingency matters as incurred.

 

In the third quarter of 2011, a monitoring service subscriber filed suit against Monitronics and Tel-Star Alarms, Inc., a Monitronics authorized dealer, alleging negligence related to a home break-in.  On November 16, 2011, a trial court awarded the plaintiff $8,600,000, of which $6,000,000 is expected to be covered by Monitronics’ general liability insurance policies.  An appeal of this court ruling has been filed.  As of December 31, 2012, Monitronics has recorded legal reserves of approximately $9,250,000 and an insurance receivable of approximately $6,610,000, related to this matter.  In the fourth quarter of 2012, Monitronics funded approximately $2,640,000 into an escrow account, classified as restricted cash on the December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet, for the excess liability above the insurance coverage.  This amount will be released upon settlement of the appeal.

 

( 21) Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

 

 

1st

 

2nd

 

3 rd

 

4th

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

 

Amounts in thousands,

 

 

 

except per share amounts

 

2012 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

81,881

 

83,315

 

84,667

 

95,090

 

Operating income

 

$

13,765

 

12,425

 

4,045

 

20,073

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,214

)

(7,193

)

(15,607

)

(589

)

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

 

$

(0.37

)

(0.51

)

(1.11

)

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

73,870

 

77,577

 

79,515

 

80,936

 

Operating income

 

$

1,176

 

8,085

 

7,715

 

6,030

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

55,187

 

(18,282

)

(9,867

)

(6,401

)

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share

 

$

3.88

 

(1.28

)

(0.69

)

(0.46

)

 

65



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

The following required information is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders presently scheduled to be held in the second quarter of 2013:

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

We will file our definitive proxy statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of stockholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2013.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) (1) Financial Statements

 

Included in Part II of this Annual Report:

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.:

 

 

 

Page No.

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

36-37

Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

38

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss), Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

39

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

40

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

41

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

42

 

(a) (2)  Financial Statement Schedules

 

(i)  All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or the required information is set forth in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(a) (3)  Exhibits

 

Listed below are the exhibits which are filed as a part of this Report (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of Regulation S-K):

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-53280), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 13, 2008 (the “Form 10”)).

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger, dated July 7, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on July 8, 2011) (filed for the purpose of changing the name of the Company).

 

 

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Series A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Series B common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (incorporated by

 

66



Table of Contents

 

 

 

reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Rights Agreement between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-53280), filed with the Commission on July 23, 2008 (“Amend. No. 1 to the Form 10”)).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement by and between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on September 17, 2009).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Indenture, dated March 23, 2012, between Monitronics, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012 (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on May 9, 2012 (the “March 2012 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Credit Agreement, dated March 23, 2012, among Monitronics, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer, Citibank, N.A. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, as document agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the March 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated November 7, 2012, by and among Monitronics, Bank of America, N.A., individually and as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto.*

 

 

 

10.1

 

Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2008, by and among Discovery Holding Company, Discovery Communications, Inc., the Company, Ascent Media Group, LLC and CSS Studios, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on September 17, 2008 (“Amend. No. 8 to the Form 10”)).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-156231), filed with the Commission on December 17, 2008).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amend. No. 1 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amend. No. 8 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Company and William R. Fitzgerald.*

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2009, between the Company and John A. Orr (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on August 13, 2009).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2011, between the Company and Michael R. Meyers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on November 7, 2011 (the “November 2011 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2011, between the Company and Michael R. Haislip (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the November 2011 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) for Non-Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on August 9, 2012 (the “August 2012 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Non-Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers of the Company and

 

67



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Monitronics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.12

 

Form of Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers of the Company and Monitronics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form of Short-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.14

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated March 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.15

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William E. Niles, dated March 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated November 30, 2012.*

 

 

 

10.17

 

Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated November 30, 2012.*

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.*

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.*

 

 

 

24

 

Power of Attorney dated February 27, 2013.*

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.*

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.*

 

 

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certification.*

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.**

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.**

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.**

 


*                            Filed herewith.

 

**                     Filed or furnished, as the case may be, herewith.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

Dated: February 27, 2013

By

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

Chairman of the Board, Director and

 

February 27, 2013

William R. Fitzgerald

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip J. Holthouse

 

Director

 

February 27, 2013

Philip J. Holthouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian C. Mulligan

 

Director

 

February 27, 2013

Brian C. Mulligan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Pohl

 

Director

 

February 27, 2013

Michael J. Pohl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl E. Vogel

 

Director

 

February 27, 2013

Carl E. Vogel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael R. Meyers

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

February 27, 2013

Michael R. Meyers

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

69



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Listed below are the exhibits which are filed as a part of this Report (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of Regulation S-K):

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-53280), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 13, 2008 (the “Form 10”)).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger, dated July 7, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on July 8, 2011) (filed for the purpose of changing the name of the Company).

 

 

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Series A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Series B common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Rights Agreement between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-53280), filed with the Commission on July 23, 2008 (“Amend. No. 1 to the Form 10”)).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement by and between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on September 17, 2009).

 

 

 

4.5

 

Indenture, dated March 23, 2012, between Monitronics, as issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012 (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on May 9, 2012 (the “March 2012 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Credit Agreement, dated March 23, 2012, among Monitronics, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer, Citibank, N.A. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, as document agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the March 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated November 7, 2012, by and among Monitronics, Bank of America, N.A., individually and as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto.*

 

 

 

10.1

 

Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2008, by and among Discovery Holding Company, Discovery Communications, Inc., the Company, Ascent Media Group, LLC and CSS Studios, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on September 17, 2008 (“Amend. No. 8 to the Form 10”)).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-156231), filed with the Commission on December 17, 2008).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amend. No. 1 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amend. No. 8 to the Form 10).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Company and William R. Fitzgerald.*

 



Table of Contents

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2009, between the Company and John A. Orr (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on August 13, 2009).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2011, between the Company and Michael R. Meyers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on November 7, 2011 (the “November 2011 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2011, between the Company and Michael R. Haislip (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the November 2011 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) for Non-Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34176), filed with the Commission on August 9, 2012 (the “August 2012 10-Q”)).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Non-Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers of the Company and Monitronics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.12

 

Form of Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers of the Company and Monitronics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form of Short-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.14

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated March 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.15

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William E. Niles, dated March 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the August 2012 10-Q).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Long-Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated November 30, 2012.*

 

 

 

10.17

 

Long-Term Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan for William R. Fitzgerald, dated November 30, 2012.*

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.*

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.*

 

 

 

24

 

Power of Attorney dated February 27, 2013.*

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.*

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.*

 

 

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certification.*

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.**

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.**

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.**

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.**

 


*                            Filed herewith.

 

**       Filed or furnished, as the case may be, herewith.

 


Exhibit 4.7

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND CONSENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Consent (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of November 7, 2012 by and among Monitronics International, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Borrower ”), Bank of America, N.A., individually and as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the other financial institutions signatory hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are party to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March 23, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

B.                                     Borrower wishes to borrow $145,000,000 from Bank of America, N.A. (the “ Incremental Lender ”) to repay Indebtedness (including Revolving Credit Loans) incurred in connection with the purchase of approximately 93,000 subscriber accounts from Pinnacle Security (the “ Acquisition ”), to finance fees and expenses related to this Amendment and all related transactions, and for ongoing working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  The Incremental Lender is willing to extend such incremental Term Loans, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, in connection with the syndication of such incremental Term Loans to various Eligible Assignees.  This Amendment, the funding of such incremental Term Loans, the Acquisition and all related transactions are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction ”.

 

C.                                     Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the undersigned Lenders wish to amend the Credit Agreement and grant certain consents on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms .  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings, if any, assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                                       Interpretation .  The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Amendment and are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.                                       Amendments to Credit Agreement .  Upon the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a)                                  The defined terms “Acquisition Pro Forma”, “Acquisition Projections” and “Target” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement are hereby deleted.

 

(b)                                  Section 2.06(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Term Loans .  The Borrower shall repay to the Term Lenders on the last day of each quarter an amount equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of each Term Loan (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.04 ).  The final

 



 

principal repayment installment of the Term Loans shall be repaid on the Maturity Date for the Term Facility and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(c)                                   Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Request for Increase .  Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Revolving Credit Facility by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $150,000,000 (less the amount of an increase in the Term Facility pursuant to Section 2.16 ) plus an additional amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 2.75:1.00 (and assuming all such additional amounts were secured, whether or not so secured and calculated as if any incremental Revolving Credit Facility being initially provided on any date of determination were fully drawn on such date); provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of five (less the amount of any requests to increase the Term Facility pursuant to Section 2.16 ) such requests, and (iii) all new Revolving Credit Commitments shall be on the same terms as the existing Revolving Credit Commitments except that such new Revolving Credit Commitments may have pricing that is greater than the pricing for the existing Revolving Credit Commitments (not taking into consideration customary arrangement, structuring, underwriting, commitment, upfront or similar fees payable in connection with such new Revolving Credit Commitments or in connection with any prior syndication of the Revolving Credit Commitments in effect on the Closing Date).  In the event that such pricing of the new Revolving Credit Commitments is greater than the existing Revolving Credit Commitments, then the pricing of the existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be increased to the extent necessary so that such pricing is equal to the pricing of the new Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(b)                                  Proposed Lenders .  Any proposed increase in the Revolving Credit Facility may be requested from existing Lenders, new prospective lenders who are Eligible Assignees (and who are approved by the Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or a combination thereof, as selected by, and with such allocations of committed amounts as may be determined by, the lead arranger(s) thereof and/or the Borrower.  Any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the incremental Revolving Credit Facility may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an incremental Revolving Credit Facility.

 

(c)                                   Effective Date and Allocations .  If the Revolving Credit Facility is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of the amount and effective date (the “ Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date ”) of such increase.

 

(d)                                  Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase .  As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (1) a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying

 



 

and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists and (2) any consent of the Borrower reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such increase under Section 2.15(f) .  In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent shall reallocate the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans amongst the Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Commitments as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Revolving Credit Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(e)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.12 or 10.01 to the contrary.

 

(f)                                    Amendments .   Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any increase of the Revolving Credit Facility, this Agreement may be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the new Revolving Credit Commitments evidenced thereby as provided for in the last paragraph of Section 10.01 .  Any such amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.  Each new Lender shall deliver such incremental commitment agreements and other documentation as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(d)                                  Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(a)                                  Request for Increase .  Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Term Facility by an amount (for all such requests after November 7, 2012) not exceeding $150,000,000 (less the amount of an increase in the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to Section 2.15 ) plus an additional amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 2.75:1.00 (and assuming all such additional amounts were secured, whether or not so secured and calculated as if any incremental Revolving Credit Facility being initially provided on any date of determination were fully drawn on such date); provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of five (less the amount of any requests to increase the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to Section 2.15 ) such requests after November 7, 2012, and (iii) any new Term Loans may be part of the same or a different tranche of Term Loans and shall be on the same terms as the existing Term Loans except that such new Term Loans may have: (a) pricing that is greater than the pricing for the

 



 

existing Term Loans by not more than 0.50% per annum (with any determination thereof taking into consideration any increase in the Eurodollar Rate floor or original issue discount or upfront or similar fees, with each of the foregoing being equated to such pricing in a manner determined by the Administrative Agent and consistent with generally accepted financial practice based on an assumed four-year life to maturity, but not taking into consideration customary arrangement, structuring, underwriting, commitment or similar fees) unless the Borrower elects to increase the pricing for the existing Term Loans to the extent necessary so that the pricing for the new Term Loans is not more than 0.50% per annum higher than the pricing for the existing Term Loans, (b) pricing that is lower than the pricing for the existing Term Loans (with any determination thereof taking into consideration any decrease in the Eurodollar Rate floor or original issue discount or upfront or similar fees, with each of the foregoing being equated to such pricing in a manner determined by the Administrative Agent and consistent with generally accepted financial practice based on an assumed four-year life to maturity, but not taking into consideration customary arrangement, structuring, underwriting, commitment or similar fees), and (c) later maturities or less amortization than the existing Term Loans.

 

(b)                                  Proposed Lenders .  Any proposed increase in the Term Facility may be requested from existing Lenders, new prospective lenders who are Eligible Assignees (and who are approved by the Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or a combination thereof, as selected by, and with such allocations of committed amounts as may be determined by, the lead arranger(s) thereof and/or the Borrower.  Any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the incremental Term Facility may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an incremental Term Facility.

 

(c)                                   Effective Date and Allocations .  If the Term Facility is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Term Lenders of the amount and effective date (the “ Term Increase Effective Date ”) of such increase.

 

(d)                                  Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase .  As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (1) a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Term Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the Term Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.16 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists and (2) any consent of the Borrower reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such increase under Section 2.16(f) .  The additional Term Loans shall be made by

 



 

the Term Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.02 .

 

(e)                                   Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.12 or 10.01 to the contrary.

 

(f)                                    Amendments .  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any increase of the Term Facility pursuant to this Section 2.16 , this Agreement may be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the new Term Loans evidenced thereby as provided for in the last paragraph of Section 10.01 .  Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.  Each new Lender shall deliver such incremental commitment agreements and other documentation as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(e)                                   Section 7.02(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness under the Senior Unsecured Note Documents and under additional senior unsecured notes (including additional senior unsecured notes under the Senior Unsecured Note Documents) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that with respect to the issuance of any such additional senior unsecured notes (i)  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) after giving effect to the issuance of such Indebtedness the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.11(a) , and (iii)  the maturity date of any such Indebtedness is not prior to September 23, 2018;

 

(f)                                    Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word “and” at the conclusion of the Section 7.02(i), replacing the “.” at the conclusion of Section 7.02(j) with “; and” and adding a new Section 7.02(k) as follows:

 

(k)                                  other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

(g)                                   Section 7.03(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

(g)                                   Acquisitions of any Equity Interests of, or assets that constitute a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of, an Approved Alarm Dealer (in each case, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”) so long as at the time of such Permitted Acquisition and after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11.

 

(h)                                  Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 



 

(b)                                        Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Quarters Ending

 

Maximum
Consolidated Senior
Secured Leverage
Ratio

Closing Date through June 30, 2015

 

3.25:1.00

September 30, 2015 and thereafter

 

3.00:1.00

 

4.                                       Agreement and Acknowledgement Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and in the Credit Agreement, on the Effective Date, the Incremental Lender shall make incremental terms loans in the amount of the Incremental Lender’s Term Commitments set forth on Exhibit A .  Such Term Loans shall be provided pursuant to the funding mechanics set forth in Section 2.02(b)  of the Credit Agreement and shall be deemed a Term Loan Borrowing of $145,000,000 being made on the Effective Date as Eurodollar Rate Loans selected by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02(a)  of the Credit Agreement.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the $145,000,000 incremental Term Loans made by the Incremental Lender shall be deemed Term Loans for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

5.                                       Consent .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Credit Agreement or any other provisions of the Loan Documents to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the undersigned Lenders hereby consent to the Borrower’s prepayment on the Effective Date of the Term Loans made by any Lender on October 25, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition which are then held by such Lender.  For the avoidance of doubt, no prepayment premium under Section 2.04(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement shall be payable in connection with such prepayment.

 

6.                                       Representations and Warranties of Borrower .  Borrower represents and warrants as of the date hereof that:

 

(a)                                  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and that this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection therewith, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects (or with respect to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects), except that the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a)  and (b)  of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a)  and (b)  of the Credit Agreement, respectively; and

 



 

(c)                                   No Default exists, or will result from the $145,000,000 incremental Term Loans made by the Incremental Lender on the Effective Date or the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

7.                                       Effective Date .  This Amendment shall become effective (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the execution and delivery hereof by Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Incremental Lender, and satisfaction of the following additional conditions:

 

(a)                                  Each of the Guarantors and the Parent shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Reaffirmation of Loan Documents in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall have delivered the certificates and other information as set forth in Section 2.16(e)  of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Incremental Lender shall have received from the Borrower and its Subsidiaries a pro forma covenant model and projections giving effect to all elements of the Transaction to be effected on or before the Effective Date, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Incremental Lender.

 

(d)                                  The Incremental Lender shall have received certification as to the Solvency of the Borrower and the Guarantors taken as a whole (after giving effect to the Transaction and the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto) from the Borrower, signed by its chief financial officer in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   The final terms and conditions of each aspect of the Transaction, including, without limitation, all tax aspects thereof, shall be as described in the materials provided in connection with syndication of the Incremental Term Loans and otherwise satisfactory to the Incremental Lender.  The Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with applicable law and regulatory approvals.

 

(f)                                    The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender party hereto, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)                                   Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent all fees, costs and expenses payable to the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to or in connection with this Amendment, it being agreed that the fees and expenses of counsel shall be paid promptly on a post-closing basis.

 

(h)                                  The Borrower shall have prepaid (or shall substantially contemporaneously prepay) the Term Loans made by any Lender on October 25, 2012 in connection with the Acquisition which are currently held by such Lender.

 

(i)                                      The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, such additional certificates, documents and other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require.

 

8.                                       Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Except as specifically amended or waived above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

 



 

(b)                                  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

9.                                       Reservation of Rights .  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that neither the execution nor the delivery by the Administrative Agent and the Incremental Lender of this Amendment, shall be deemed to create a course of dealing or otherwise obligate the Administrative Agent or any Lender to execute similar documents under the same or similar circumstances in the future.

 

10.                                Costs and Expenses .  Borrower hereby affirms its obligation under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement to reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including but not limited to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent with respect thereto.

 

11.                                Governing Law; etc.   This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.  This Amendment is subject to the provisions of Sections 10.14 and 10.15 of the Credit Agreement relating to submission to jurisdiction, venue, service of process and waiver of right to trial by jury, the provisions which are by this reference incorporated herein in full.

 

12.                                Headings Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

 

13.                                Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or other electronic imaging means (including “.pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

14.                                Severability .  If any provision of this Amendment or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TERM COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Term
Commitment

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

145,000,000

 

Total

 

$

145,000,000

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

REAFFIRMATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

Each of the undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of that certain Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Consent dated as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment ”) relating to the Credit Agreement dated as of March 23, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) referred to therein, consents to the Amendment and each of the transactions referenced therein, hereby reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and agrees that all references in any Loan Document to the “Credit Agreement” shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment.  Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment.

 

Dated as of November 7, 2012

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 25, 2013, is entered into by and between Ascent Capital Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and William R. Fitzgerald (“ Executive ”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

The Company and Executive are parties to an Employment Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2009, as amended on June 6, 2011 (together, the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

Currently, the Company, through its subsidiaries (“ Affiliates ”), is engaged in the business of providing security alarm monitoring and related services to residential and business subscribers throughout the United States and parts of Canada, however, provided that, the Company is also engaged in the business of evaluating and investing in other business opportunities within and outside the security alarm monitoring business.   The Company desires to continue to employ Executive, and Executive desires to accept such employment, under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

The Company and the Executive desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Original Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

EMPLOYMENT; TERM; DUTIES

 

1.1          Employment .  Upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment, as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1.2          Term .  Subject to Article IV below, Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term of five years commencing effective as of January 1, 2013 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and expiring at the close of business on December 31, 2017 (the “ Term ”).

 

1.3          Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall perform such executive duties for the Company and/or its Affiliates, consistent with his position hereunder.  Executive shall devote his entire productive business time, attention and energies, to the performance of his duties hereunder.  Executive shall use his best efforts to advance the interests and business of the Company and its Affiliates.  Executive shall abide by the rules, regulations and policies of the Company as may be in effect from time to time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, Executive may act for his own account in passive-type investments as provided in Section 5.3, or as a member of boards of directors of other companies, where the time allocated for those activities does not materially interfere with or create a conflict of interest with the discharge of his duties for the Company.

 



 

1.4          Reporting .  Executive shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.5          Location .  Except for services rendered during business trips as may be reasonably necessary, Executive shall render his services under this Agreement primarily from the offices of the Company in the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area.

 

1.6          No Conflicting Agreement .  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that there are no agreements or arrangements, whether written or oral, in effect which would prevent Executive from rendering his services to the Company during the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

COMPENSATION

 

2.1          Compensation .  For all services rendered by Executive hereunder and all covenants and conditions undertaken by him pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, and Executive shall accept, as full compensation, the amounts set forth in this Article II.

 

2.2          Base Salary .  The base salary shall be an annual salary of $800,000 (the “ Base Salary ”), payable by the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.  Beginning as of the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis during the Term for increase in the sole discretion of the compensation committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.3          Bonus .  For each fiscal year during the Term, in addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) of between 75% (the “ Minimum Target Bonus ”) and 150% of Executive’s annual Base Salary.  (The Company’s fiscal year is currently January 1 through December 31 of each year.)  Executive’s entitlement to any Bonus will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, based upon the achievement of such criteria as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to guarantee the payment of any Bonus to Executive.

 

2.4          Tax Preparation Assistance .  On the Company’s last regularly scheduled payroll date in August of each calendar year beginning in 2013 and ending in the calendar year following the year in which the Term expires, the Company shall pay Executive an annual tax preparation assistance bonus of $5,000.

 

2.5          Deductions .  The Company shall deduct from the compensation described in Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, and from any other compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement, any federal, state or local withholding taxes, social security contributions and any other amounts which may be required to be deducted or withheld by the Company pursuant to any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations.

 

2.6          Disability Adjustment .  Any compensation otherwise payable to Executive pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.3 in respect of any period during which Executive is Disabled (as contemplated in Section 4.4) shall be reduced by any amounts payable to Executive for loss of earnings or the like under any insurance plan or policy sponsored by the Company.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III

 

BENEFITS; EXPENSES

 

3.1          Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in such group life, health, accident, disability or hospitalization insurance plans and retirement plans as the Company may make available to its other senior executive employees as a group (the “ Company Plans ”), subject to the terms and conditions of any such plans.  Executive’s participation in any Company Plan shall be at a level, and on terms and conditions, that are commensurate with his positions and responsibilities at the Company.

 

3.2          Expenses .  The Company agrees that Executive is authorized to incur reasonable and appropriate expenses in the performance of his duties hereunder and in promoting the business of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Travel & Entertainment Policy (as the same may be modified or amended by the Company, from time to time in its sole discretion).

 

3.3          Vacation .  Executive shall accrue a total of one hundred sixty (160) hours of vacation per year following the date of this Agreement.  If, at any time during the Term, Executive accumulates two hundred forty (240) hours of earned but unused vacation time (the “ Accrual Cap ”), Executive will not accrue additional vacation time until he has taken a portion of the previously earned vacation.  Executive will again accrue paid vacation time when his accumulated amount of earned but unused vacation time falls below the Accrual Cap.  Upon termination of Executive’s employment, any accrued but unused vacation time will be paid to Executive.

 

3.4          Key Man Insurance .  The Company may secure in its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, health, accident and other insurance covering Executive alone or with others, and Executive shall not have any right, title or interest in or to such insurance other than as expressly provided herein.  Executive agrees to assist the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to the usual and customary medical and other examinations to be conducted by such physicians as the Company or such insurance company may designate and by signing such applications and other written instruments as may be required by the insurance companies to which application is made for such insurance.  Executive’s failure to submit to such usual and customary medical and other examinations shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

 

3.5          Equity Grants .   As part of the consideration for Executive’s services to the Company during the Term, the Company has made the following grants to Executive pursuant to the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”):

 

(a)                                  A grant of 119,540 shares (the “ Restricted Shares ”) of the Company’s Series A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ ASCMA Stock ”), pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”); and

 

(b)                                  A grant of options to purchase from the Company, at an exercise price of $61.21 per share, 380,460 shares of ASCMA Stock (the “ Options ”), pursuant to the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Option Agreement ”).

 

3



 

The Restricted Shares and the Options shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement and the Option Agreement, respectively.  In addition, Executive is entitled to receive a grant of 12,791 restricted shares (the “ 2013 Restricted Shares ”) of ASCMA Stock effective as of the first full trading day following the expiration of the Company’s regularly scheduled black-out period during the first calendar quarter of 2013, as determined pursuant to its Insider Trading Policy, on substantially identical terms and conditions to those set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement.  The 2013 Restricted Shares shall also be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

TERMINATION; DEATH; DISABILITY

 

4.1          Termination of Employment For Cause .  In addition to any other remedies available to the Company at law, in equity or as set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall have the right, upon written notice to Executive, to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time for “Cause” (a “ Termination For Cause ”).  In the event of a Termination For Cause, Executive’s employment will terminate and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to Executive (other than the Company’s obligation to pay Base Salary and vacation time accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination in accordance with Section 3.2 above).

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:  (a) any act or omission that constitutes a breach by Executive of any of his material obligations under this Agreement; (b) the continued failure or refusal of Executive to (i) substantially perform the material duties required of him as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and/or (ii) to comply with reasonable directions of the Board of Directors of the Company; (c) any material violation by Executive of any (i) policy, rule or regulation of the Company or (ii) any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (d) Executive’s material act or omission constituting fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation, occurring subsequent to the commencement of his employment with the Company; (e) Executive’s gross negligence in the performance of his duties hereunder; (f) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime (whether or not involving the Company) which constitutes a felony or crime of moral turpitude or is punishable by imprisonment of 30 days or more, provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Company to pay Base Salary or any bonus compensation or benefits during any period that Executive is unable to perform his duties hereunder due to any incarceration, and provided , further , that nothing shall prevent Executive’s termination under any other subsection of this Section 4.1 if it provides independent grounds for termination; or (g) any other misconduct by Executive that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no purported Termination For Cause pursuant to (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) of the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.1 shall be effective unless all of the following provisions shall have been complied with:  (i) Executive shall be given written notice by the Company of its intention to effect a Termination For Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular circumstances that constitute the grounds on which the proposed Termination For Cause is based; and (ii) Executive shall have ten (10) business days after receiving such notice in which to

 

4



 

cure such grounds, to the extent such cure is possible, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company.

 

4.2          Termination of Employment Without Cause .  During the Term, the Company may at any time, in its sole discretion, terminate the employment of Executive hereunder for any reason (other than those set forth in Section 4.1 above) upon written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) to Executive (a “ Termination Without Cause ”).  In such event, the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the sum of the following:

 

(a)                                  any Base Salary and vacation time accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination;

 

(b)                                  subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, an amount (the “ Severance Payment ”) equal to:

 

(i)                                      if the termination of Executive’s employment occurs prior to a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4.8), the product of (i) the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary plus the Minimum Target Bonus, both as in effect immediately prior to such Termination Without Cause, multiplied by (ii) 2; or

 

(ii)                                   if the termination of Executive’s employment occurs concurrently with or following a Change in Control, the product of (i) the sum of Executive’s Annual Base Salary plus the Minimum Target Bonus, both as in effect immediately prior to such Termination Without Cause, multiplied by (ii) 2.5;

 

(c)                                   any Bonus to which Executive has become entitled for the calendar year prior to the year in which such Termination Without Cause occurs but which remains unpaid at the date of termination (“ Unpaid Bonus ”); and

 

(d)                                  any reimbursement for expenses incurred in accordance with Section 3.2.

 

Subject to Section 4.10, any Severance Payment to which Executive becomes entitled shall be payable in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of termination of Executive’s employment (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter).

 

In addition, subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, to the extent such coverage is available and is elected by Executive under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”), the Company shall contribute to the health insurance plan maintained by the Company and covering the Executive and his dependents as of the date of termination, or any successor plan maintained by the Company, that amount that reflects the proportionate part of the premium for such coverage that is paid by the Company as of the date of termination (the “ Benefits Payments ”), such Benefits Payments to be made monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal procedures for the payment of health insurance premiums, throughout the period beginning on the date of termination and ending on the earlier of the 24-month anniversary of the date of termination and the expiration of the coverage period specified in COBRA, such period to be determined as of the date of termination (the “ Reimbursement Period ”) ( i.e. , Executive shall bear responsibility for that portion of the health insurance premiums in excess of the Benefits Payments), or, alternately, in

 

5



 

the Company’s sole discretion, the Company shall reimburse Executive the amount of the Benefits Payment on a monthly basis during the Reimbursement Period, upon Executive’s submission to the Company of adequate proof of payment of the full COBRA premium by Executive; provided , however , that if Executive becomes employed with another employer during the Reimbursement Period and is eligible to receive health and/or medical benefits under such other employer’s plans, the Company’s payment obligation under this paragraph shall be reduced to the extent that comparable benefits and/or coverage is provided under such other employer’s plans.  For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall be responsible for paying any U.S. federal or state income taxes associated with the Benefits Payments.

 

Within the period beginning on the date that is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term and ending on the date that is three (3) months prior to the expiration of the Term (the “ Notice Period ”), the Company shall deliver a written notice to Executive stating either (i) that the Company does not intend to offer Executive a new employment agreement to take effect at the expiration of the Term (a “ Non-Renewal Notice ”) or (ii) that the Company offers Executive a new employment agreement to take effect at the expiration of the Term upon terms (other than the length of the term of such new employment agreement) that are at least as favorable to Executive as the terms of this Agreement, and the material terms of such offer shall be summarized or set forth in the notice (“ Renewal Notice ”).  If the Company delivers a Non-Renewal Notice, or if the Company fails to deliver either a Renewal Notice or a Non-Renewal Notice within the Notice Period, Executive’s employment shall be terminated at the expiration of the Term (or at such earlier date as may be set forth in the Non-Renewal Notice), and such termination shall be a Termination Without Cause, whereupon, subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits as provided under this Section 4.2.  If the Company delivers a Renewal Notice and Executive fails to accept such offer in writing prior to the date that is ninety (90) days following delivery of the Renewal Notice, Executive’s employment shall be terminated as of such 90 th  day and such termination shall be a Termination Without Cause, whereupon, subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits as provided under this Section 4.2 except that “1” shall be substituted for “2” in Section 4.2(b)(i) for purposes of calculating Executive’s Severance Payment and “12-month anniversary” shall be substituted for “24-month anniversary” for purposes of calculating Executive’s Benefits Payments and Reimbursement Period under this Section 4.2.

 

Executive acknowledges that the payments and benefits described in this Section 4.2, together with any rights or benefits under any written plan or agreement which have vested on or prior to the termination date of Executive’s employment under this Section 4.2, constitute the only payments which Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company hereunder in the event of any termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 4.2, and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to him hereunder or otherwise in respect of his employment.

 

4.3          Termination of Employment With Good Reason .  In addition to any other remedies available to Executive at law, in equity or as set forth in this Agreement, Executive shall have the right during the Term, upon written notice to the Company, to terminate his employment hereunder upon the occurrence of any of the following events without the prior written consent of Executive: (a) a material reduction in Executive’s then current Base Salary; (b) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company; (c) a material change in the office or location at which Executive is required to perform services hereunder, or (d) a material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement (a “ Termination With Good Reason ”).

 

6



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no purported Termination With Good Reason pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be effective unless all of the following provisions shall have been complied with: (i) Executive shall give the Company a written notice of Executive’s intention to effect a Termination With Good Reason, such notice to state in detail the particular circumstances that constitute the grounds on which the proposed Termination With Good Reason is based and to be given no later than ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of such circumstances; (ii) the Company shall have thirty (30) days after receiving such notice in which to cure such grounds, to the extent such cure is possible; and (iii) if the Company fails to cure such grounds within such 30-day period, Executive terminates his employment hereunder on the last day of such 30-day period.

 

In the event that a Termination With Good Reason occurs, then, subject to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, Executive shall have the same entitlement to the amounts and benefits as provided under Section 4.2 for a Termination Without Cause.

 

Executive acknowledges that the payments and benefits referred to in this Section 4.3, together with any rights or benefits under any written plan or agreement which have vested on or prior to the termination date of Executive’s employment under this Section 4.3, constitute the only payments which Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company hereunder in the event of any termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 4.3, and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to him hereunder or otherwise in respect of his employment.

 

4.4          Death; Disability .  In the event that Executive dies or becomes Disabled (as defined herein) during the Term, Executive’s employment shall terminate either (i) when such death occurs, or (ii) upon written notice by the Company at any time after Disability occurs (provided that, in the event of any Disability, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement), and, in either event, and, subject to Section 4.10, the Company shall pay Executive (or his legal representative, as the case may be) as follows:

 

(a)                                  any Base Salary and vacation time accrued but unpaid as of the date of death or termination for Disability;

 

(b)                                  any reimbursement for expenses incurred in accordance with Section 3.2; and

 

(c)                                   an amount equal to Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect on such termination date multiplied by 2, payable in a single lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) business day following the termination date; provided , however , that, in the event Executive is eligible to participate in, and is covered by, the Company’s basic life insurance group benefit plan, the Company’s obligation under this subsection 4.4(c) shall be reduced by the amount paid pursuant to such basic life insurance group benefit plan as a result of Executive’s death. The Company shall reasonably cooperate with Executive in transferring the right to receive such payment or life insurance benefit to a trust or such other estate planning vehicle as Executive may establish during the term of this agreement.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be deemed to be “ Disabled ” or have a “ Disability ” if, because of Executive’s physical or mental disability, he has been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for twelve (12) work weeks in any twelve (12) month period.  Executive shall be considered to have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder

 

7



 

only if he is either (a) unable to reasonably and effectively carry out his duties with reasonable accommodations by the Company or (b) unable to reasonably and effectively carry out his duties because any reasonable accommodation which may be required would cause the Company undue hardship.  In the event of a disagreement concerning Executive’s perceived Disability, Executive shall submit to such examinations as are deemed appropriate by three practicing physicians specializing in the area of Executive’s Disability, one selected by Executive, one selected by the Company, and one selected by both such physicians.  The majority decision of such three physicians shall be final and binding on the parties.  Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit the Company’s right to invoke the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any perceived Disability of Executive.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent and for the period required by any state or federal family and medical leave law, upon Executive’s request (i) he shall be considered to be on unpaid leave of absence and not terminated, (ii) his group health benefits shall remain in full force and effect, and (iii) if Executive recovers from any such Disability, at that time, to the extent required by any state or federal family and medical leave law, upon Executive’s request, he shall be restored to his position hereunder or to an equivalent position, as the Company may determine, and the Term of Executive’s employment hereunder shall be reinstated effective upon such restoration.  The Term shall not be extended by reason of such intervening leave of absence, nor shall any compensation or benefits accrue in excess of those required by law during such intervening leave of absence.  Upon the expiration of any such rights, unless Executive has been restored to a position with the Company, he shall thereupon be considered terminated.

 

Executive acknowledges that the payments referred to in this Section 4.4, together with any rights or benefits under any written plan or agreement which have vested on or prior to the termination date of Executive’s employment under this Section 4.4, constitute the only payments which Executive (or his legal representative, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive from the Company hereunder in the event of a termination of his employment for death or Disability, and the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to him (or his legal representatives, as the case may be) hereunder or otherwise in respect of his employment.

 

4.5          No Mitigation by Executive .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for herein be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer; provided , however , that if Executive is or becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive health and/or medical benefits under such other employer’s plans, Executive’s continued benefits and/or plan coverage as set forth in Section 4.2 or 4.3, as the case may be, shall be reduced to the extent that comparable benefits and/or coverage is provided under such other employer’s plans.

 

4.6          Severance Agreement and Release .  In the event that Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to (i) a Termination Without Cause (as defined in Section 4.2 above), or (ii) a Termination With Good Reason (as defined in Section 4.3 above), payment by the Company of the amounts described in said sections shall be subject to the execution and delivery to the Company by Executive of the Company’s standard severance agreement and release (the “ Release ”) within the applicable time period described below.

 

8



 

The Release shall be delivered to Executive, in the case of a Termination Without Cause, at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice, and, in the case of a Termination With Good Reason, upon delivery of written notice by the Executive to the Company.  Executive shall have a period of twenty-one (21) days (or, if required by applicable law, a period of forty-five (45) days) after the effective date of termination of Executive’s employment hereunder (the “ Consideration Period ”) in which to execute and return the original, signed Release to the Company.  If Executive delivers the original, signed Release to the Company prior to the expiration of the Consideration Period and does not thereafter revoke such Release within any period of time provided therefor under applicable law, Executive shall, subject to Sections 4.7, 4.10 and 5.3 below, be entitled to the Severance Payment as described in Section 4.2 (including by reason of Section 4.3, if applicable).

 

If Executive does not deliver the original, signed Release to the Company prior to the expiration of the Consideration Period, or if Executive delivers the original, signed Release to the Company prior to the expiration of the Consideration Period and thereafter revokes such Release within any period of time provided therefor under applicable law, then:

 

(a)                                  the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) any Base Salary and vacation time accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination, plus (ii) any reimbursement for expenses incurred in accordance with Section 3.2, plus (ii) any Unpaid Bonus described in Section 4.2(c) above; and

 

(b)                                  the Company shall have no obligation to pay to Executive the Severance Payment (as that term is defined in Section 4.2(b) above) or the Benefits Payments (as that term is defined in Section 4.2).

 

4.7          Continued Compliance .  Executive and the Company hereby acknowledge that any Severance Payments and Benefits Payments payable by the Company under Section 4.2 (including by reason of Section 4.3) are part of the consideration for Executive’s undertakings under Article V below.  Such amounts are subject to Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Article V.  If Executive violates the provisions of Article V, then the Company will have no obligation to make any of the Severance Payments or Benefits Payments that remain payable by the Company under Section 4.2 (including by reason of Section 4.3) on or after the date of such violation.

 

4.8          Change in Control .  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” means the occurrence, at any time after March 1, 2011(1), of any of the following that otherwise meets the definition of a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and any guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto (hereinafter, the “ Code ”):

 

(a)                                  the acquisition by any person or group (excluding John C. Malone and/or any family member(s) of John C. Malone and/or any company, partnership, trust or other entity or investment vehicle controlled by any of the foregoing persons or the holdings of which are for the primary benefit or any of such persons (collectively, the “ Permitted Holders ”)) of ownership of stock of the

 

9



 

                                                Company that, together with stock already held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

 

(b)                                  the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; or

 

(c)                                   the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, of ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or the replacement of a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors before the date of appointment or election.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.8, “person” and “group” have the meanings given to them for purposes of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any successor provisions, and the term “group” includes any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Employment Agreement by reason of any action or event occurring at any time prior to March 1, 2011.

 

4.9          Certain Additional Payments .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (including, without limitation, any equity grants made pursuant to the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan), but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 4.9 (the “ Payment ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax (“ Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that, after payment (whether through withholding at the source or otherwise) by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto), employment taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment.

 

10



 

Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.9, all determinations required to be made under this Section 4.9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm that is mutually agreed upon by the Company and Executive (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 15 business days after the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control or the Accounting Firm declines or is unable to serve, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized certified public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 4.9, shall be paid by the Company to Executive within 15 days after the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination.  If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’ s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of negligence or similar penalty.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 4.9 and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

 

Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

 

(a)                                  give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

 

(b)                                  take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

 

(c)                                   cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

 

11



 

(d)                                  permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax, employment tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.9, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however , that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall provide the amount of such payment to Executive as an additional payment (“ Supplemental Payment ”) (subject to possible repayment as provided in the next paragraph) and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax, employment tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such payment or with respect to any imputed income with respect thereto; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment or Supplemental Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount provided by the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.9, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company complying with the requirements of this Section 4.9) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto)

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.9 to the contrary, in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v), in no event shall the Company pay Executive (or pay on Executive’s behalf) any amount to which Executive is entitled under this Section later than the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which Executive remits the Excise Tax or tax (as applicable) to the Internal Revenue Service (or in the case of costs and expenses payable under this Section, no later than the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which the taxes that are the subject of the audit or litigation are remitted to the Internal Revenue Service, or where as a result of such audit or litigation no taxes are remitted, the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation).

 

4.10        Timing of Payments Under Certain Circumstances .  With respect to any amount that becomes payable to or for the benefit of Executive under this Agreement upon Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below) for any reason, the provisions of this Section 4.10 will apply, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary.  If the Company

 

12



 

determines in good faith that Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and any guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service relating thereto (collectively, “ Code Section 409A ”), then to the extent required under Code Section 409A, payment of any amount of deferred compensation that becomes payable to or for the benefit of Executive upon Separation from Service (other than by reason of the death of Executive) and that otherwise would be payable during the six-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service shall be suspended until the lapse of such six-month period (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death).  A “Separation from Service” of Executive means Executive’s separation from service, as defined in Code Section 409A, with the Company and all other entities with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Internal Revenue Code Section 414(b) or (c), applying the 80% threshold used in such Internal Revenue Code Sections or any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any payment suspended as provided in this Section 4.10, unadjusted for interest on such suspended payment, shall be paid to Executive in a single payment on the first business day following the end of such six-month period or within 30 days following the death of Executive, as applicable, provided that the death of Executive during such six-month period shall not cause the acceleration of any amount that otherwise would be payable on any date during such six-month period following the date of Executive’s death.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OWNERSHIP OF PROCEEDS OF EMPLOYMENT; NON-DISCLOSURE;
NON-COMPETITION

 

5.1          Ownership of Proceeds of Employment .

 

5.1.1       The Company shall be the sole and exclusive owner throughout the universe in perpetuity of all of the results and proceeds of Executive’s services, work and labor in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, free and clear of any and all claims, liens or encumbrances. Executive shall promptly and fully disclose to the Company, with all necessary detail for a complete understanding of the same, any and all developments, client and potential client lists, know how, discoveries, inventions, improvements, conceptions, ideas, writings, processes, formulae, contracts, methods, works, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, which are conceived, made, acquired, or written by Executive, solely or jointly with another, while employed by the Company (whether or not at the request or upon the suggestion of the Company) and which are substantially related to the business or activities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or which Executive conceives as a result of his employment by the Company or its Affiliates, or as a result of rendering advisory or consulting services to the Company or its Affiliates (collectively, “ Proprietary Rights ”).

 

5.1.2       Executive hereby assigns and transfers, and agrees to assign and transfer, all his rights, title, and interests in the Proprietary Rights to the Company or its nominee.  In addition, Executive shall deliver to the Company any and all drawings, notes, specifications, and data relating to the Proprietary Rights.  All copyrightable Proprietary Rights shall be considered to be “works made for hire.”  Whenever requested to do so by the Company, Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company any and all applications, assignments and other instruments and do such other acts that the Company shall request to apply for and obtain patents and/or copyrights in any and all countries or to otherwise protect the Company’s interest in the Proprietary Rights and/or to vest title

 

13



 

thereto to the Company; provided, however, the provisions of this Section 5.1 shall not apply to any Proprietary Rights that Executive developed entirely on his own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or proprietary information, except for Proprietary Rights that (a) at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Proprietary Rights, relate to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, or (b) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

 

5.1.3       Executive shall assist the Company in obtaining such copyrights and patents during the term of this Agreement, and any time thereafter on reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, and Executive agrees to testify in any prosecution or litigation involving any of the Proprietary Rights; provided, however, Executive shall be reasonably compensated for his time and reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in rendering such assistance or giving or preparing to give such testimony.

 

5.2          Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information .  As used herein, “Confidential Information” means any and all information affecting or relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, including without limitation, financial data, customer lists and data, licensing arrangements, business strategies, pricing information, product development, intellectual, artistic, literary, dramatic or musical rights, works, or other materials of any kind or nature (whether or not entitled to protection under applicable copyright laws, or reduced to or embodied in any medium or tangible form), including without limitation, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, contract rights, titles, themes, stories, treatments, ideas, concepts, technologies, art work, logos, hardware, software, and as may be embodied in any and all computer programs, tapes, diskettes, disks, mailing lists, lists of actual or prospective customers and/or suppliers, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, files, correspondence, charts, lists and all other written, printed or otherwise recorded material of any kind whatsoever and any other information, whether or not reduced to writing, including “know-how”, ideas, concepts, research, processes, and plans.  “Confidential Information” does not include information that is in the public domain, information that is generally known in the trade, or information that Executive can prove he acquired wholly independently of his employment with the Company.  Executive shall not, at any time during the Term or thereafter, directly or indirectly, disclose or furnish to any other person, firm or corporation any Confidential Information, except in the course of the proper performance of his duties hereunder or as required by law (in which event Executive shall give prior written notice to Company and shall cooperate with Company and Company’s counsel in complying with such legal requirements).  Promptly upon the expiration or termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason or whenever the Company so requests, Executive shall surrender to the Company all documents, drawings, work papers, lists, memoranda, records and other data (including all copies) constituting or pertaining in any way to any of the Confidential Information.

 

5.3          Non-Competition .  Executive shall not, during the Term or during the Consideration Period, directly:  (a) compete with the Company; or (b) have an interest in, be employed by, be engaged in or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or act in any advisory or other capacity for, any Competing Entity which conducts its business within the Territory (as such terms are hereinafter defined); provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make solely passive investments in any Competing Entity the common stock of which is “publicly held,” and of which Executive shall not own or control, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate securities which constitute more than one (1%) percent of the voting rights or equity ownership of such Competing Entity; or (c) solicit or divert any business or any

 

14



 

customer from the Company or assist any person, firm or corporation in doing so or attempting to do so; or (d) cause or seek to cause any person, firm or corporation to refrain from dealing or doing business with the Company or assist any person, firm or corporation in doing so or attempting to do so.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.3, (i) the term “Competing Entity” shall mean any entity which presently or during the period referred to above engages in any business activity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates is then engaged; and (ii) the term “Territory” shall mean any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Affiliates conducts business during such period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive elects, during the Consideration Period, to either (a) compete with the Company, or (b) have an interest in, be employed by, be engaged in or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or act in any advisory or other capacity for, any Competing Entity which conducts its business within the Territory (the foregoing subsections (a) and (b), collectively, the “ Competitive Activities ”), then, at least ten (10) business days prior to commencing any such Competitive Activities, Executive shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Competition Notice ”) advising the Company of (i) Executive’s intent to commence Competitive Activities, and (ii) the commencement date for such Competitive Activities.  Executive’s election to participate in any Competitive Activities during the Consideration Period shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement; rather, in the event Executive engages in Competitive Activities prior to the expiration of the Consideration Period, then (x) Executive shall forfeit any Severance Payment and Benefits Payments otherwise payable pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 above, and (y) the Company shall have no obligation to make any Severance Payment or Benefits Payments to Executive under Section 4.2 or 4.3.

 

5.4          Non-Solicitation .

 

5.4.1       Executive shall not, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of any termination or expiration of his employment hereunder, directly or indirectly:  (a) acquire any financial interest in or perform any services for himself or any other entity in connection with a business in which Executive’s interest, duties or activities would inherently require Executive to reveal any Confidential Information; or (b) solicit or cause to be solicited the disclosure of or disclose any Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever or for any other party.

 

5.4.2       Executive shall not, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of any termination or expiration of his employment hereunder, solicit, directly or indirectly, or cause or permit others to solicit, directly or indirectly, any person employed by the Company (a “ Current Employee ”) to leave employment with the Company. The term “solicit” includes, but is not limited to the following (regardless of whether done directly or indirectly):  (i) requesting that a Current Employee change employment, (ii) informing a Current Employee that an opening exists elsewhere, (iii) assisting a Current Employee in finding employment elsewhere, (iv) inquiring if a Current Employee “knows of anyone who might be interested” in a position elsewhere, (v) inquiring if a Current Employee might have an interest in employment elsewhere, (vi) informing others of the name or status of, or other information about, a Current Employee, or (vii) any other similar conduct, the effect of which is that a Current Employee leaves the employment of the Company.

 

5.5          Breach of Provisions .  In the event that Executive shall breach any of the provisions of this Article V, or in the event that any such breach is threatened by Executive, in addition to and

 

15



 

without limiting or waiving any other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief in any court, domestic or foreign, having the capacity to grant such relief, without the necessity of posting a bond, to restrain any such breach or threatened breach and to enforce the provisions of this Article V. Executive acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any such breach or threatened breach and, in the event that any action or proceeding is brought seeking injunctive relief, Executive shall not use as a defense thereto that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

5.6          Reasonable Restrictions .  The parties acknowledge that the foregoing restrictions, the duration and the territorial scope thereof as set forth in this Article V, are under all of the circumstances reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and its business.

 

5.7          Definition .  For purposes of this Article V, the term “Company” shall be deemed to include (i) any predecessor to, or successor of the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, any entity in which the Company owns 50% or more of the issued and outstanding equity), and (iii) any entity that is under the control or common control of the Company (including, by way of illustration and not as a limitation, any joint venture to which the Company or one of its subsidiaries is a party).

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1          Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs, distributees, successors and assigns.

 

6.2          Assignment .  The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor in interest to its business, and Executive hereby agrees to be employed by such assignee as though such assignee were originally the employer named herein; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any such assignment, the Company shall remain liable to Executive for any obligations arising under Article IV above (including, without limitation, any amounts and benefits payable under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.9), regardless of the time of payment .  Executive hereby acknowledges that the services to be rendered by Executive are unique and personal, and, accordingly, Executive may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

6.3          Notices .  Any notice provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when personally delivered or three (3) days following deposit for mailing by first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or if delivered by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt of the transmission, to the address of the other party set forth below or to such other address as may be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 6.3:

 

(a)                                  If to the Company:

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.
5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

 

16



 

Attention:

Chairman, Compensation Committee

 

of the Board of Directors

Fax No.:

303 352 2039

 

With a copy to:  William E. Niles

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.
5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

 

Attention:  General Counsel
Fax No.:  303 352 2039

 

(b)                                  If to Executive:

 

William R. Fitzgerald
c/o Ascent Capital Group, Inc.
5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

 

6.4          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or portion thereof, shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or portion thereof, and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement or portion thereof, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof were not contained herein.  In addition, any such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof shall be deemed, without further action on the part of the parties hereto, modified, amended or limited to the extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable.

 

6.5          Confidentiality .  The parties hereto agree that they will not, during the Term or thereafter, disclose to any other person or entity the terms or conditions of this Agreement (excluding the financial terms hereof) without the prior written consent of the other party, except as required by law, regulatory authority or as necessary for either party to obtain personal loans or financing.  Approval of the Company and of Executive shall be required with respect to any press releases regarding this Agreement and the activities of Executive contemplated hereunder.

 

6.6          Arbitration .  If any controversy, claim or dispute arises out of or in any way relates to this Agreement, the alleged breach thereof, Executive’s employment with the Company or termination therefrom, including without limitation, any and all claims for employment discrimination or harassment, civil tort and any other employment laws, excepting only claims which may not, by statute, be arbitrated, both Executive and the Company (and its directors, officers, employees or agents) agree to submit any such dispute exclusively to binding arbitration. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that they are relinquishing their right to a jury trial in civil court. Executive and the Company agree that arbitration is the exclusive remedy for all disputes arising out of or related to Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

The arbitration shall be administered, at the election of the party initiating the arbitration proceeding, either by JAMS in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures of JAMS then in effect and subject to JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards or by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution

 

17



 

Rules of the American Arbitration Association, except as provided otherwise in this Agreement. Arbitration shall be commenced and heard in the Englewood, Colorado metropolitan area. Only one arbitrator shall preside over the proceedings.  The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Colorado or federal law, or both, as applicable to the claim(s) asserted. In any arbitration, the burden of proof shall be allocated as provided by applicable law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any and all legal and equitable relief authorized by the law applicable to the claim(s) being asserted in the arbitration, as of the claim(s) were brought in a court of law.  Either party may bring an action in court to compel arbitration under this Agreement and to enforce an arbitration award. Discovery, such as depositions or document requests, shall be available to the Company and Executive as though the dispute were pending in Colorado state court. The arbitrator shall have the ability to rule on pre-hearing motions, as though the matter were in a Colorado state court, including the ability to rule on a motion for summary judgment.

 

Unless otherwise permitted under applicable law, the fees of the arbitrator and any other fees for the administration of the arbitration that would not normally be incurred if the action were brought in a court of law (e.g., filing fees, room rental fees, etc.) shall be paid by the Company, provided that Executive shall be required to pay the amount of filing fees equal to that which Executive would be required to pay to file an action in Colorado state court.  The arbitrator must provide a written decision which is subject to limited judicial review consistent with applicable law. If any part of this arbitration provision is deemed to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or a court of law, that part may be severed or reformed so as to make the balance of this arbitration provision enforceable.

 

6.7          Waiver .  No waiver by a party hereto of a breach or default hereunder by the other party shall be considered valid unless in writing signed by such first party, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or any other nature.

 

6.8          Controlling Nature of Agreement .  To the extent any terms of this Agreement are inconsistent with the terms or provisions of the Company’s Employee Handbook or any other personnel policy statements or documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.  To the extent that any terms and conditions of Executive’s employment are not covered in this Agreement, the terms and conditions set forth in the Employee Handbook or any similar document shall control such terms.

 

6.9          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior agreements or understanding between the Company and Executive, whether written or oral, fully or partially performed relating to any or all matters covered by and contained or otherwise dealt with in this Agreement.

 

6.10        Amendment .  No modification, change or amendment of this Agreement or any of its provisions shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such claimed modification, change or amendment is sought to be enforced.

 

6.11        Authority .  The parties each represent and warrant that they have the power, authority and right to enter into this Agreement and to carry out and perform the terms, covenants and conditions hereof.

 

18



 

6.12        Applicable Law .  This Agreement, and all of the rights and obligations of the parties in connection with the employment relationship established hereby, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Colorado without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of law.

 

6.13        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.14        Compliance with Section 409A The provisions of this Agreement are intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with such intent so that all payments and reimbursements made and all in-kind benefits provided hereunder are either made or provided in compliance with Code Section 409A or are exempt from the provisions thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and Executive agree that Executive’s entitlement to any payment made pursuant to Section 4.2(b) or (c) or any Benefit Payments (including by reason of Section 4.3) or Section 4.4(c) upon a Termination Without Cause or a Termination with Good Reason or a termination pursuant to Section 4.4 shall be conditioned upon such termination constituting a Separation from Service of Executive as defined in Section 4.10.  The parties intend that, to the maximum extent possible, any payment made pursuant to Section 4.2(b) or (c) or any Benefit Payments (including by reason of Section 4.3) or Section 4.4(c) shall qualify as a short-term deferral pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4) or a separation payment pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William E. Niles

 

 

Name: William E. Niles

 

 

Title: General Counsel and EVP

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

Name:

William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

19


Exhibit 10.16

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
2008 INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of November 30, 2012 (the “Grant Date”), by and between ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person signing as “Grantee” on the signature page hereof (“Grantee”).

 

The Company has adopted the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof, for the benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) has determined that it would be in the interest of the Company and its stockholders to award shares of common stock to Grantee, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, in order to provide Grantee with additional remuneration for services rendered, to encourage Grantee to remain in the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to increase Grantee’s personal interest in the continued success and progress of the Company.

 

The Committee has also determined that it would be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to enter into a new employment agreement with Grantee (the “Amended Employment Agreement”), which will replace and supersede any outstanding employment agreement between Grantee and the Company in effect at the effective time of the Amended Employment Agreement.

 

The Company and Grantee therefore agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Award .  Pursuant to the terms of the Plan and in consideration of the covenants and promises of Grantee herein contained, the Company hereby awards to Grantee as of the Grant Date the number of shares of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. Series A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth below and in the Plan (the “Restricted Shares”).  The effectiveness of the award of Restricted Shares granted to Grantee under this Section 1 is conditioned upon the execution and delivery of the Amended Employment Agreement by Grantee.

 

2.                                       Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period .  Upon issuance of the Restricted Shares, such Restricted Shares will be registered in a book entry account (the “Account”) in the name of Grantee.  During the Restriction Period, each of the Account, any certificates representing the Restricted Shares that may be issued during the Restriction Period, and any securities constituting Retained Distributions will bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and this Agreement.  Any such certificates will remain in the

 



 

custody of the Company, and upon their issuance Grantee will deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that will be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Forfeiture of Award .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Section 6 below, this Award of Restricted Shares granted to Grantee under this Agreement and the vesting of such Restricted Shares as set forth in Section 5 below are subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Condition. In the event the Performance Condition is not met, then the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited immediately.

 

(b)                                  As used in this Agreement, “Performance Condition” means that the consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “ 2012 10-K ”)) of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 must exceed 105% of the consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2012 (as reported in the 2012 10-K).

 

4.                                       Restrictions .  Restricted Shares will constitute issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Common Stock for all corporate purposes.  Grantee will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain such dividends and distributions, as the Committee may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of Series A Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares, except that (a) Grantee will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived, (b) the Company will retain custody of any stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 8.2 of the Plan, (c) other than such dividends and distributions as the Committee may in its sole discretion designate, the Company or its designee will retain custody of all Retained Distributions made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions will not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account, (d) Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or Grantee’s interest in any of them during the Restriction Period and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Committee with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

 

5.                                       Vesting and Forfeiture of Restricted Shares .  Subject to earlier vesting in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(b) below, Grantee will become vested as to (a) 5% of the Restricted Shares subject to this Agreement on each of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, (b) 7.5% of the Restricted Shares subject to this

 

2



 

Agreement on each of March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016 and (c) 12.5% of the Restricted Shares subject to this Agreement on each of March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017, each such date being a Vesting Date; provided, however, that Grantee will not vest, pursuant to this Section 5, in Restricted Shares as to which Grantee would otherwise vest as of a given date if Grantee has not been continuously employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries from the date of this Agreement through such date (the vesting or forfeiture of such shares in such event to be governed instead by the provisions of Section 6) and, provided, further, that Grantee will not vest, pursuant to this Section 5, in any Restricted Shares unless the Performance Condition has been satisfied as set forth in Section 3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any date on which vesting would otherwise occur is a Saturday, Sunday or a holiday, such vesting will instead occur on the business day next following such date.

 

6.                                       Early Termination or Vesting .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 6(d) and/or 26 hereof, if Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, then the Award, to the extent not theretofore vested, will be forfeited immediately;

 

(b)                                  If Grantee dies while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (a “Company Subsidiary”), then the Award, to the extent not theretofore vested, will immediately become fully vested;

 

(c)                                   If Grantee’s employment with the Company or a Company Subsidiary terminates by reason of Disability, then the Award, to the extent not theretofore vested, will immediately become fully vested; and

 

(d)                                  In the event of Grantee’s Termination Without Cause or Termination With Good Reason (each as defined in the Amended Employment Agreement), a number of Restricted Shares granted by this Agreement will become vested on the date of Grantee’s termination equal to the product of (x) the number of Restricted Shares granted by this Agreement and (y) the number of calendar quarters which have elapsed between the Grant Date and the date of Grantee’s termination (and will include, for the avoidance of doubt, the calendar quarter of Grantee’s termination) divided by twenty (less any Restricted Shares that have previously vested).  The forgoing is subject to satisfaction of the Performance Condition.

 

7.                                       Completion of the Restriction Period .  On each Vesting Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (a) the applicable portion of such Restricted Shares will become vested and (b) any Retained Distributions with respect to such Restricted Shares will become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Any Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall not become vested by the final Vesting Date will be forfeited to the Company, and Grantee will not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions that are so forfeited.

 

3



 

8.                                       Adjustments; Early Vesting in Certain Events .

 

(a)                                  The Restricted Shares will be subject to adjustment (including, without limitation, as to the number of Restricted Shares) in the sole discretion of the Committee and in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable and appropriate in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 4.2 of the Plan following the Grant Date.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 26 hereof, upon the occurrence of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, the restrictions in Section 4 will lapse, provided, however, that the Performance Condition has been satisfied and the Restricted Shares have not been forfeited pursuant to Section 3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that the restrictions in Section 4 will not lapse on an accelerated basis in connection with an Approved Transaction if the Board or the surviving or acquiring corporation, as the case may be, makes or causes to be made effective provision for the taking of such action as in the opinion of the Committee is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new Award for the Award evidenced by this Agreement or to assume this Agreement and the Award evidenced hereby and in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable equivalent to the Award evidenced by this Agreement as then in effect (but before giving effect to any acceleration of the exercisability hereof unless otherwise determined by the Committee), taking into account, to the extent applicable, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets into or for which shares of Series A Common Stock may be changed, converted or exchanged in connection with the Approved Transaction.

 

9.                                       Mandatory Withholding for Taxes .  Upon the expiration of the Restriction Period, Grantee (or Beneficiary, as defined in Section 11 below) must remit to the Company the amount of all federal, state or other governmental withholding tax requirements imposed upon the Company with respect to the vesting of Restricted Shares, unless provisions to pay such withholding requirements have been made to the satisfaction of the Company.  Upon the payment of any cash dividends with respect to Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period, the amount of such dividends will be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy any withholding tax requirements applicable thereto prior to payment to Grantee.

 

10.                                Delivery by the Company .  As soon as practicable after vesting in Restricted Shares pursuant to Sections 5, 6 or 8, but no later than 30 days after such vesting occurs, and subject to the withholding referred to in Section 9, the Company will (i) cause to be removed from the Account the restriction described in Section 2 or cause to be issued and delivered to Grantee (in certificate or electronic form) Shares equal to the number of Restricted Shares that have vested, and (ii) shall cause to be delivered to Grantee any Retained Distributions with respect to such vested Shares.  If delivery of certificates is by mail, delivery of shares of Series A Common Stock will be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited the certificates in the United States mail, addressed to Grantee.

 

11.                                Nontransferability of Restricted Shares Before Vesting .  Before vesting and during Grantee’s lifetime, the Restricted Shares are not transferable (voluntarily or involuntarily) other than pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order.  The Grantee may designate a beneficiary or

 

4



 

beneficiaries (each, a “Beneficiary”), to whom the Restricted Shares will pass upon Grantee’s death and may change such designation from time to time by filing a written designation of Beneficiary with the Committee on the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as may be prescribed by the Committee, provided that no such designation will be effective unless so filed prior to the death of Grantee.  If no such designation is made or if the designated Beneficiary does not survive the Grantee’s death, the Restricted Shares will pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Following Grantee’s death, the Restricted Shares will pass accordingly to the designated Beneficiary, and such Beneficiary will be deemed the Grantee for purposes of any applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.                                Company’s Rights .  The existence of this Agreement will not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to accomplish any corporate act, including, without limitation, the acts referred to in Section 11.16 of the Plan.

 

13.                                Limitation of Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan will be construed to:

 

(a)                                  give Grantee any right to be awarded any further Restricted Shares other than in the sole discretion of the Committee; or

 

(b)                                  give Grantee or any other person any interest in any fund or in any specified asset or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

14.                                Prerequisites to Benefits .  Neither Grantee nor any person claiming through Grantee will have any right or interest in the Restricted Shares awarded hereunder, unless and until there shall have been full compliance with all the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan which affect the Grantee or such other person.

 

15.                                Restrictions Imposed by Law .  Without limiting the generality of Section 11.8 of the Plan, Grantee will not require the Company to deliver any Restricted Shares and the Company will not be obligated to deliver any Restricted Shares if counsel to the Company determines that such delivery or payment would violate any applicable law or any rule or regulation of any governmental authority or any rule or regulation of, or agreement of the Company with, any securities exchange or association upon which the Series A Common Stock is listed or quoted.  The Company will in no event be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the delivery of any Restricted Shares to comply with any such law, rule, regulation or agreement.

 

16.                                Notice .  Unless the Company notifies Grantee in writing of a different procedure or address, any notice or other communication to the Company with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the following address:

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn:  General Counsel

 

5



 

Any notice or other communication to Grantee with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally, or will be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to Grantee’s home address set forth below his signature on this Agreement, unless the Company has received written notification from Grantee of a change of address.

 

17.                                Amendment .  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time as approved by the Committee as contemplated by Section 11.7(b) of the Plan.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the consent of Grantee,

 

(a)                                  this Agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time as approved by the Committee (i) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, (ii) to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company for the benefit of Grantee or surrender any right or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement, subject to any required approval of the Company’s stockholders and provided, in each case, that such changes or corrections will not adversely affect the rights of Grantee with respect to the Award evidenced hereby or (iii) to make such other changes as the Company, upon advice of counsel, determines are necessary or advisable because of the adoption or promulgation of, or change in or of the interpretation of, any law or governmental rule or regulation, including any applicable federal or state securities laws; and

 

(b)                                  subject to any required action by the Board or the Company’s stockholders, the Award evidenced by this Agreement may be canceled by the Committee and a new Award made in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted will satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made and no such action will adversely affect the Restricted Shares to the extent then vested.

 

18.                                Grantee Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action of the Company or the Committee with respect hereto, will confer or be construed to confer on Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any employing Company Subsidiary to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between Grantee and the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

19.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware.  Each party irrevocably submits to the general jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware in any action to interpret or enforce this Agreement and irrevocably waives any objection to jurisdiction that such party may have based on inconvenience of forum.

 

20.                                Construction .  References in this Agreement to “this Agreement” and the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and similar terms include all Exhibits and Schedules appended hereto, including the Plan.  This Agreement is entered into, and the Award evidenced hereby is granted, pursuant to the Plan and will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan and the administrative interpretations adopted by the Committee thereunder.  All decisions of the

 

6



 

Committee upon questions regarding the Plan or this Agreement will be conclusive.  Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

21.                                Duplicate Originals .  The Company and Grantee may sign any number of copies of this Agreement.  Each signed copy will be deemed to be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

22.                                Rules by Committee .  The rights of Grantee and the obligations of the Company hereunder will be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as the Committee may adopt from time to time hereafter.

 

23.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement is in satisfaction of and in lieu of all prior discussions and agreements, oral or written, between the Company and Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Grantee and the Company hereby declare and represent that no promise or agreement not herein expressed has been made and that this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Restricted Shares and replaces and makes null and void any prior agreements between Grantee and the Company regarding the Restricted Shares.

 

24.                                Grantee Acceptance .  Grantee shall signify acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by signing in the space provided at the end hereof and returning a signed copy to the Company.

 

25.                                Code Section 409A Compliance.   If any provision of this Agreement would result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 409A of the Code and related regulations and Treasury pronouncements (“Section 409A”), that provision will be reformed to avoid imposition of the excise tax and no action taken to comply with Section 409A (or to provide that the Restricted Shares are exempt from Section 409A) shall be deemed to impair a benefit under this Agreement.

 

26.                                Change in Control.

 

(a)                                  Upon any termination of Grantee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason, which termination occurs within 12 months following a Change in Control, and notwithstanding section 6 (d),  all Restricted Shares held by Grantee on the date of termination, to the extent not theretofore vested, will vest fully on the date of such termination.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 26, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

i.                                           “Annual Salary” means, as applicable, the annual base salary of Grantee as an employee of the Company.

 

7



 

ii.                                        Notwithstanding any other definition of “Cause” in Grantee’s Employment Agreements, with respect to any termination of Grantee’s Employment Agreements by the Company within 12 months after a Change in Control of the Company, “Cause” will mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation of the Company’s funds or embezzlement.

 

iii.                                     “Change in Control” means any of the following that otherwise meets the definition of a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A:

 

(1)                                  the acquisition by any person or group (excluding John C. Malone and/or any family member(s) of John C. Malone and/or any company, partnership, trust or other entity or investment vehicle controlled by any of the foregoing persons or the holdings of which are for the primary benefit or any of such persons (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”)) of ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock already held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

 

(2)                                  the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; or

 

(3)                                  the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, of ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of Company or the replacement of a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors before the date of appointment or election.

 

iv.                                    “Employment Agreements” means this Agreement, any employment agreement between Grantee and the Company and/or any other agreement between Grantee and the Company relating to Grantee’s employment and/or compensation, as from time to time may be in effect.

 

v.                                       “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without the consent of Grantee: (i) a material diminution in Grantee’s Annual Salary below the level then in effect other than as a result of a reduction in the portion of the time devoted by Grantee to Company activities; (ii) a material diminution in Grantee’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company; (iii) a relocation of the office or location at which the Grantee is required to perform services pursuant to the Employment Agreements to a location that is more than 50 miles from Englewood, Colorado; and (iv) a material breach by the Company of the terms of the Employment Agreements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for

 

8



 

Good Reason will not be considered to have occurred unless: (x) within 90 days following the initial existence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, Grantee provides written notice to the Company of such circumstances; (y) the Company fails, within 30 days following such notice, to correct such circumstances to the reasonable satisfaction of Grantee; and (z) Grantee terminates his employment within 30 days following the end of such 30-day correction period.  A termination of Grantee’s employment for Good Reason will be considered an involuntary termination.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

 

 

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William E. Niles

 

 

Name: William E. Niles

 

 

Title: General Counsel & EVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

William R. Fitzgerald, Grantee

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

10



 

Exhibit A to Restricted Stock Award Agreement

dated as of November 30, 2012 between

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and Grantee

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan

 



 

Exhibit B to Restricted Stock Award Agreement

dated as of November 30, 2012 between

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and Grantee

 

Designation of Beneficiary

 

I, William R. Fitzgerald (the “Grantee”), hereby declare that upon my death

 

                                                                                                                                        (the “Beneficiary”) of

Name

 

 

,

Street Address

City

State

Zip Code

 

 

 

 

who is my                                                                                                           , will be entitled to the

 

Relationship to the Grantee

 

 

Restricted Shares and all other rights accorded the Grantee by the above-referenced grant agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

It is understood that this Designation of Beneficiary is made pursuant to the Agreement and is subject to the conditions stated herein, including the Beneficiary’s survival of the Grantee’s death.  If any such condition is not satisfied, such rights will devolve according to the Grantee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

It is further understood that all prior designations of beneficiary under the Agreement are hereby revoked and that this Designation of Beneficiary may only be revoked in writing, signed by the Grantee, and filed with the Committee prior to the Grantee’s death.

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Grantee

 



 

Schedule 1 to Restricted Stock Award

Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012

Between Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and Grantee

 

Grantee:

William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

Grant Date:

November 30, 2012

 

 

Restricted Shares:

119,540 shares of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. Series A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share

 


Exhibit 10.17

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

2008 INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of November 30, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Ascent Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual whose name, address and social security number appear on the signature page hereto (the “Grantee”).

 

The Company has adopted the Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof, for the benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning given thereto in the Plan.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) has determined that it would be in the interest of the Company and its stockholders to award Options to Grantee, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, in order to provide the Grantee additional remuneration for services rendered, to encourage the Grantee to remain in the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to increase the Grantee’s personal interest in the continued success and progress of the Company.

 

The Committee has also determined that it would be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to enter into an amended and restated employment agreement with the Grantee (the “Amended Employment Agreement”), which will replace and supersede any outstanding employment agreement between Grantee and the Company in effect at the effective time of the Amended Employment Agreement.

 

The Company and the Grantee therefore agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  The following terms, when used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:

 

“Annual Salary” means the annual base salary of Grantee as an employee of the Company.

 

“ASCMA Options” has the meaning specified in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

“ASCMA Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

“Base Price” means $61.21, the Fair Market Value of a share of ASCMA Stock on the Effective Date.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which

 



 

banking institutions in Denver, Colorado, are required or authorized to be closed.

 

“Cause” means (i) any act or omission that constitutes a breach by Grantee of any of his material obligations under the Employment Agreements; (ii) the continued failure or refusal of Grantee to substantially perform the material duties required of him as an officer and/or employee of the Company; (iii) any material violation by Grantee of any policy, rule or regulation of the Company or any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company; (iv) any act or omission by Grantee constituting fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation; (v) Grantee’s gross negligence in the performance of his duties; (vi) Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime (whether or not involving the Company) that constitutes a felony or crime of moral turpitude or is punishable by imprisonment of 30 days or more; or (g) any other misconduct by Grantee that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company, provided, however, that with respect to any termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company within 12 months after a Change in Control of the Company, “Cause” will mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation of the Company’s funds or embezzlement.

 

“Change in Control” means any of the following that otherwise meets the definition of a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A:

 

(i) the acquisition by any person or group (excluding John C. Malone and/or any family member(s) of John C. Malone and/or any company, partnership, trust or other entity or investment vehicle controlled by any of the foregoing persons or the holdings of which are for the primary benefit or any of such persons (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”)) of ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock already held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

 

(ii) the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, of assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; or

 

(iii) the acquisition by any person or group (other than the Permitted Holders), in a single transaction or in multiple transactions all occurring during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, of ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of Company or the replacement of a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors before the date of appointment or election.

 

“Close of Business” means, on any day, 5:00 p.m., Denver, Colorado time.

 

“Committee” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

2



 

“Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Company Subsidiary” means a subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Effective Date” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Employment Agreements” means this Agreement, any employment agreement between Grantee and the Company and/or any other agreement between Grantee and the Company relating to Grantee’s employment and/or compensation.

 

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without the consent of Grantee: (i) a material diminution in Grantee’s Annual Salary below the level then in effect, other than as a result of a reduction in the portion of the time devoted by Grantee to Company activities; (ii) a material diminution in Grantee’s authority, duties or responsibilities with the Company; (iii) a material change in the office or location at which the Grantee is required to perform services pursuant to the Employment Agreements; and (iv) a material breach by the Company of the terms of the Employment Agreements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason will not be considered to have occurred unless: (x) within 90 days following the initial existence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, Grantee provides written notice to the Company of such circumstances; (y) the Company fails, within 30 days following such notice, to correct such circumstances to the reasonable satisfaction of Grantee; and (z) Grantee terminates his employment within 30 days following the end of such 30-day correction period.  A termination of Grantee’s employment for Good Reason will be considered an involuntary termination.

 

“Grantee” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Option Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a) of this Agreement.

 

“Plan” has the meaning specified in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

“Required Withholding Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 5 of this Agreement.

 

“Special Termination Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7(d) of this Agreement.

 

“Term” has the meaning specified in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

“Year of Continuous Service” has the meaning specified in Section 7(d) of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Grant of Options .  Subject to the terms and conditions herein, pursuant to the Plan, the Company grants to the Grantee options to purchase from the Company, exercisable during the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring at Close of Business on November 30, 2019 (the “Term”), subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 7 below, at the Base Price, the number of shares of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. Series A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ASCMA Stock”), set forth on the signature page hereto.  The Options granted hereunder are “Nonqualified Stock Options” and are hereinafter referred to as

 

3



 

the “ASCMA Options.”  The Base Price and ASCMA Options are subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10 below.  No fractional shares of ASCMA Stock will be issuable upon exercise of an ASCMA Option, and the Grantee will receive, in lieu of any fractional share of ASCMA Stock that the Grantee otherwise would receive upon such exercise, cash equal to the fraction representing such fractional share multiplied by the Fair Market Value of one share of ASCMA Stock as of the date on which such exercise is considered to occur pursuant to Section 4 below. The effectiveness of the award of Options granted to Grantee hereunder is conditioned upon the execution and delivery of the Amended Employment Agreement by Grantee.

 

3.                                       Conditions of Exercise .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the ASCMA Options will be exercisable only in accordance with the conditions stated in this Section 3.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 11.1 of the Plan and the last sentence of this Section 3(a), and except as provided in Section 23, the ASCMA Options may be exercised only to the extent they have become exercisable in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(a).  That number of ASCMA Options that is equal to (x) 5% of the total number of ASCMA Options awarded under this Agreement (rounded down to the nearest whole number of ASCMA Options) shall become exercisable on each of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, (y) that number of ASCMA Options that is equal to 7.5% of the total number of ASCMA Options awarded under this Agreement (rounded down to the nearest whole number of ASCMA Options) shall become exercisable on each of March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, and (z) that number of ASCMA Options that is equal to 12.5% of the total number of ASCMA Options awarded under this Agreement shall become exercisable on each of March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (with any ASCMA Options awarded under this Agreement that do not otherwise become exercisable as a result of rounding also becoming exercisable on December 31, 2017).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that any date on which ASCMA Options would otherwise become exercisable is not a Business Day, such ASCMA Options will become exercisable on the Business Day next following such date, (ii) all ASCMA Options will become exercisable on the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment if (A) the Grantee’s employment with the Company and the Company Subsidiaries terminates by reason of Disability or (B) the Grantee dies while employed by the Company or a Company Subsidiary, (iii) subject to Section 23 hereof, if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company or a Company Subsidiary without Cause, or by Grantee for Good Reason, any ASCMA Options that otherwise would become exercisable during the remainder of the calendar year in which the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated will become exercisable on the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment, and (iv) in the event of Grantee’s Termination Without Cause or Termination With Good Reason (each as defined in the Amended Employment Agreement) a number of ASCMA Options will become exercisable on the date of Grantee’s termination equal to the product of (x) the number of ASCMA Options awarded under this Agreement and (y) the number of calendar quarters which have elapsed between the Grant Date and the date of Grantee’s termination (and will include, for the avoidance of doubt, the calendar quarter of Grantee’s termination) divided by twenty (less any ASCMA Options that have previously vested).

 

4



 

(b)                                  To the extent the ASCMA Options become exercisable, such ASCMA Options may be exercised in whole or in part (at any time or from time to time, except as otherwise provided herein) until expiration of the Term or earlier termination thereof.

 

(c)                                   The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Committee, in its discretion and as contemplated by Section 3.3 of the Plan, may adopt rules and regulations from time to time after the date hereof with respect to the exercise of the ASCMA Options and that the exercise by the Grantee of ASCMA Options will be subject to the further condition that such exercise is made in accordance with all such rules and regulations as the Committee may determine are applicable thereto.

 

4.                                       Manner of Exercise .  ASCMA Options will be considered exercised (as to the number of ASCMA Options specified in the notice referred to in Section 4(a) below) on the latest of (i) the date of exercise designated in the written notice referred to in Section 4(a) below, (ii) if the date so designated is not a Business Day, the first Business Day following such date or (iii) the earliest Business Day by which the Company has received all of the following:

 

(a)                                  Written notice, in such form as the Committee may require, containing such representations and warranties as the Committee may require and designating, among other things, the date of exercise and the number of shares of ASCMA Stock (“Option Shares”) to be purchased;

 

(b)                                  Payment of the Base Price for each Option Share to be purchased in any (or a combination) of the following forms:  (A) cash, (B) check, (C) the delivery, together with a properly executed exercise notice, of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Base Price (and, if applicable the Required Withholding Amount, as described in Section 5 below) or (D) the delivery of irrevocable instructions to the Company for the Company to withhold the number of shares of ASCMA Stock (valued at the Fair Market Value of ASCMA Stock on the date of exercise) required to pay the Base Price (and, if applicable, the Required Withholding Amount as described in Section 5) that would otherwise be delivered by the Company to the Grantee upon exercise of the Options; and

 

(c)                                   Any other documentation that the Committee may reasonably require.

 

5.                                       Mandatory Withholding for Taxes .  The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the Company will deduct from the Option Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of any ASCMA Options that number of shares of ASCMA Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that is equal to the amount of all federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by the Company upon such exercise, as determined by the Committee (the “Required Withholding Amount”).  If the Grantee elects to make payment of the Base Price by delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the purchase price, such instructions may also include instructions to deliver the Required Withholding Amount to the Company.  In such case, the Company will notify the broker promptly of the Committee’s determination of the Required Withholding Amount.

 

5



 

6.                                       Payment or Delivery by the Company .  As soon as practicable after receipt of all items referred to in Section 4, and subject to the withholding referred to in Section 5, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Grantee certificates issued in the Grantee’s name for the number of Option Shares purchased by exercise of ASCMA Options, and (ii) any cash payment to which the Grantee is entitled in lieu of a fractional Option Share, as provided in Section 2 above.  Any delivery of Option Shares will be deemed effected for all purposes when certificates representing such shares have been delivered personally to the Grantee or, if delivery is by mail, when the stock transfer agent of the Company has deposited the certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, and any cash payment will be deemed effected when a check from the Company, payable to the Grantee and in the amount equal to the amount of the cash payment, has been delivered personally to the Grantee or deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Grantee.

 

7.                                       Early Termination of ASCMA Options .  Subject to the provisions of Section 23, the ASCMA Options will terminate, prior to the expiration of the Term, at the time specified below:

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 7(b), if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated other than (i) by the Company or a Company Subsidiary (whether for Cause or without Cause), (ii) by reason of death or Disability or (iii) by Grantee for Good Reason, then the ASCMA Options will terminate at the Close of Business on the first Business Day following the expiration of the 90-day period which began on the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment.

 

(b)                                  If the Grantee dies (i) while employed by the Company or a Company Subsidiary, or prior to the expiration of a period of time following termination of the Grantee’s employment during which the ASCMA Options remain exercisable as provided in Section 7(a) or Section 7(c), as applicable, the ASCMA Options will terminate at the Close of Business on the first Business Day following the expiration of the one-year period which began on the date of the Grantee’s death, or (ii) prior to the expiration of a period of time following termination of the Grantee’s employment during which the ASCMA Options remain exercisable as provided in Section 7(d), the ASCMA Options will terminate at the Close of Business on the first Business Day following the expiration of (A) the one-year period which began on the date of the Grantee’s death or (B) the Special Termination Period, whichever period is longer.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 7(b), if the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates by reason of Disability, then the ASCMA Options will terminate at the Close of Business on the first Business Day following the expiration of the one-year period which began on the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment.

 

(d)                                  If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company or a Company Subsidiary without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason, the ASCMA Options will terminate at the Close of Business on the first Business Day following the expiration of the Special Termination Period.  The Special Termination Period is the period of time beginning on the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment and continuing for the number of days that is equal to the sum of (a) 90, plus (b) 180 multiplied by the Grantee’s total Years of Continuous Service.

 

6



 

A Year of Continuous Service means a consecutive 12-month period, measured by the Grantee’s hire date (as reflected in the payroll records of the Company or a Company Subsidiary) and the anniversaries of that date, during which the Grantee is employed by the Company or a Company Subsidiary without interruption.  For purposes of determining the Grantee’s Years of Continuous Service, if the Grantee was employed by a Company Subsidiary at the time of such Company Subsidiary’s acquisition by the Company, the Grantee’s employment with the Company Subsidiary prior to the acquisition date will be included in determining the Grantee’s Years of Continuous Service unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that such prior employment will be excluded.

 

(e)                                   If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company for Cause, then the ASCMA Options will terminate immediately upon such termination of the Grantee’s employment.

 

In any event in which ASCMA Options remain exercisable for a period of time following the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment as provided above, the ASCMA Options may be exercised during such period of time only to the extent the same were exercisable as provided in Section 3 above on such date of termination of the Grantee’s employment.  Notwithstanding any period of time referenced in this Section 7 or any other provision of this Section 7 that may be construed to the contrary, the ASCMA Options will in any event terminate upon the expiration of the Term.

 

8.                                       Nontransferability .  During the Grantee’s lifetime, the ASCMA Options are not transferable (voluntarily or involuntarily) other than pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order and, except as otherwise required pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, are exercisable only by the Grantee or the Grantee’s court appointed legal representative.  The Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom the ASCMA Options will pass upon the Grantee’s death and may change such designation from time to time by filing a written designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries with the Committee on the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as may be prescribed by the Committee, provided that no such designation will be effective unless so filed prior to the death of the Grantee.  If no such designation is made or if the designated beneficiary does not survive the Grantee’s death, the ASCMA Options will pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Following the Grantee’s death, the ASCMA Options, if otherwise exercisable, may be exercised by the person to whom such ASCMA Option passes according to the foregoing and such person will be deemed the Grantee for purposes of any applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       No Stockholder Rights .  Prior to the exercise of ASCMA Options in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Grantee will not be deemed for any purpose to be, or to have any of the rights of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of ASCMA Stock, nor will the existence of this Agreement affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any stockholder of the Company to accomplish any corporate act, including, without limitation, the acts referred to in Section 11.16 of the Plan.

 

10.                                Adjustments .  If the outstanding shares of ASCMA Stock are subdivided into a greater number of shares (by stock dividend, stock split, reclassification or otherwise) or are combined into a smaller number of shares (by reverse stock split, reclassification or

 

7



 

otherwise), or if the Committee determines that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase any shares of ASCMA Stock, or other similar corporate event (including mergers or consolidations other than those which constitute Approved Transactions, which shall be governed by Section 11.1(b) of the Plan) affects shares of ASCMA Stock such that an adjustment is required to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Agreement, then the ASCMA Options will be subject to adjustment (including, without limitation, as to the number of ASCMA Options and the Base Price per share of such ASCMA Options) in the sole discretion of the Committee and in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable and appropriate in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in this Section 10.

 

11.                                Restrictions Imposed by Law.   Without limiting the generality of Section 11.8 of the Plan, the Grantee will not exercise the ASCMA Options, and the Company will not be obligated to make any cash payment or issue or cause to be issued any Option Shares, if counsel to the Company determines that such exercise, payment or issuance would violate any applicable law or any rule or regulation of any governmental authority or any rule or regulation of, or agreement of the Company with, any securities exchange or association upon which shares of ASCMA Stock are listed or quoted.  The Company will in no event be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of the ASCMA Options or the resulting payment of cash or issuance of Option Shares to comply with any such law, rule, regulation or agreement.

 

12.                                Notice.   Unless the Company notifies the Grantee in writing of a different procedure, any notice or other communication to the Company with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally or sent by United States first class mail, postage prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn:  General Counsel

 

Any notice or other communication to the Grantee with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally, or will be sent by United States first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Grantee’s address as listed in the records of the Company on the Effective Date, unless the Company has received written notification from the Grantee of a change of address.

 

13.                                Amendment .  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time as approved by the Committee as contemplated in Section 11.7(b) of the Plan.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the consent of the Grantee,

 

(a)                                  this Agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time as approved by the Committee (i) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or (ii) to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company for the benefit of the Grantee or surrender any right or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement, subject to any required approval of the Company’s stockholders and,

 

8



 

provided, in each case, that such changes or corrections will not adversely affect the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Award evidenced hereby, or (iii) to make such other changes as the Company, upon advice of counsel, determines are necessary or advisable because of the adoption or promulgation of, or change in or of the interpretation of, any law or governmental rule or regulation, including any applicable federal or state securities laws; and

 

(b)                                  subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company, the ASCMA Options granted under this Agreement may be canceled by the Company and a new Award made in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted will satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made and no such action will adversely affect any ASCMA Options to the extent then exercisable.

 

14.                                Grantee Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action of the Company or the Committee with respect hereto, will confer or be construed to confer on the Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any employing Company Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

15.                                Nonalienation of Benefits.   Except as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement, (i) no right or benefit under this Agreement will be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same will be void, and (ii) no right or benefit hereunder will in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Grantee or other person entitled to such benefits.

 

16.                                Governing Law.   This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware.  Each party irrevocably submits to the general jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware in any action to interpret or enforce this Agreement and irrevocably waives any objection to jurisdiction that such party may have based on inconvenience of forum.

 

17.                                Construction.   References in this Agreement to “this Agreement” and the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and similar terms include all Exhibits and Schedules appended hereto.  The word “include” and all variations thereof are used in an illustrative sense and not in a limiting sense.  All decisions of the Committee upon questions regarding this Agreement will be conclusive.  Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

18.                                Duplicate Originals.   The Company and the Grantee may sign any number of copies of this Agreement.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

9



 

19.                                Rules by Committee.   The rights of the Grantee and the obligations of the Company hereunder will be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as the Committee may adopt from time to time.

 

20.                                Entire Agreement.   This Agreement is in satisfaction of and in lieu of all prior discussions and agreements, oral or written, between the Company and the Grantee regarding the subject matter hereof.  The Grantee and the Company hereby declare and represent that no promise or agreement not herein expressed has been made and that this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Award and replaces and makes null and void any prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company regarding the Award.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

21.                                Grantee Acceptance.   The Grantee will signify acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by signing in the space provided at the end hereof and returning a signed copy to the Company.

 

22.                                Code Section 409A Compliance.   If any provision of this Agreement would result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 409A of the Code and related regulations and Treasury pronouncements (“Section 409A”), that provision will be reformed to avoid imposition of the excise tax and no action taken to comply with Section 409A (or to provide that the ASCMA Options are exempt from Section 409A) shall be deemed to impair a benefit under this Agreement.

 

23.                                Change in Control.   Upon any termination of Grantee’s employment without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason, which termination occurs within 12 months following a Change in Control, (i) notwithstanding Section 3(a), all ASCMA Options held by Grantee on the date of termination, to the extent not theretofore vested, will vest fully on the date of such termination, and (ii) notwithstanding Section 7, the exercise period of any and all ASCMA Options held by Grantee on the termination date will be extended to the last day of what would be the maximum Term applicable to such ASCMA Options in the absence of termination.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

ASCENT CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William E. Niles

 

Name: William E. Niles

 

Title: General Counsel & EVP

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

Grantee Name:

William R. Fitzgerald

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

 

 

Number of shares of ASCMA Stock as to which Options are granted: 380,460

 

11



 

Exhibit A
to
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
dated as of November 30, 2012 between Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and Grantee

 

Ascent Capital Group, Inc. 2008 Incentive Plan

 



 

Exhibit B
to
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
dated as of November 30, 2012 between Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and Grantee

 

Designation of Beneficiary

 

I, William R. Fitzgerald (the “Grantee”), hereby declare that upon my death

 

                                                                                                          (the “Beneficiary”) of

Name

 

 

,

Street Address

City

State

Zip Code

 

 

 

 

who is my                                                                                                                        , will be entitled to the

Relationship to the Grantee

 

 

ASCMA Options and all other rights accorded the Grantee by the above-referenced grant agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

It is understood that this Designation of Beneficiary is made pursuant to the Agreement and is subject to the conditions stated herein, including the Beneficiary’s survival of the Grantee’s death.  If any such condition is not satisfied, such rights will devolve according to the Grantee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

It is further understood that all prior designations of beneficiary under the Agreement are hereby revoked and that this Designation of Beneficiary may only be revoked in writing, signed by the Grantee, and filed with the Committee prior to the Grantee’s death.

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Grantee

 


Exhibit 21

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Ascent Capital Group, Inc., the names under which such subsidiaries do business, and the state or country in which each was organized, as of February 27, 2013. The list does not include dormant subsidiaries or subsidiaries which would not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary within the meaning of Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Formation

Monitronics International, Inc.

 

Texas

 

 

 

Monitronics Canada, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Servicer HC, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Servicer LP, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Servicer GP, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MIBU Servicer, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Monitronics Security LP

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Funding HC, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Funding LP, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

MI Funding GP, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Monitronics Funding LP

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Platinum Security Solutions, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Ascent Media Property Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 


Exhibit 23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Ascent Capital Group, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-156231 and 333-156230) on Form S-8 of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Ascent Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, which reports appear in the December 31, 2012 annual report on Form 10-K of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas

 

February 27, 2013

 

 


Exhibit 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William E. Niles and John A. Orr his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Ascent Capital Group, Inc., and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Power of Attorney has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief

 

February 27, 2013

William R. Fitzgerald

 

Executive Officer of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip J. Holthouse

 

Director of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

February 27, 2013

Philip J. Holthouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian C. Mulligan

 

Director of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

February 27, 2013

Brian C. Mulligan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Pohl

 

Director of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

February 27, 2013

Michael J. Pohl

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl E. Vogel

 

Director of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

 

February 27, 2013

Carl E. Vogel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael R. Meyers

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Ascent

 

February 27, 2013

Michael R. Meyers

 

Capital Group, Inc. (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, William R. Fitzgerald, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a)              designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b)              designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)               evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)              disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)              all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

February 27, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

William R. Fitzgerald

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Michael R. Meyers, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ascent Capital Group, Inc.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a)              designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b)              designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)               evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)              disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)              all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)              any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:

February 27, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael R. Meyers

 

Michael R. Meyers,

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 


EXHIBIT 32

 

Certification

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Ascent Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the three years ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

Dated:

February 27, 2013

 

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

 

William R. Fitzgerald

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

February 27, 2013

 

/s/ Michael R. Meyers

 

 

 

Michael R. Meyers

 

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K or as a separate disclosure document.